Quarterlytics / Industrials / Industrial - Machinery / Rotork plc

Rotork plc

ror.l · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker ror.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Industrial - Machinery
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Rotork plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
annual report and accounts 2013

a

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

a

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

3

 
 
 
 
 
Rotork is recognised as one of the world’s 
leading designers and manufacturers of 
actuators and flow control equipment. 

For nearly sixty years its products have been 
used in every industry where there is a need 
to control the flow of liquids and gases. From 
power stations in the UK, to water treatment 
plants in China, oil pipelines in Russia, to solar 
power stations in Spain, Rotork is always 
keeping the world flowing. 

 
At a glance
Keeping the world flowing 
is something Rotork prides 
itself on. it specialises in the 
manufacture of actuators – a 
product used for the automation 
of industrial valves, as well as 
flow control solutions that all 
manage the flow of liquids  
and gases. 

the Company’s products 
contribute across the value 
chain in activities ranging 
from offshore and onshore 
production, refining and 
petrochemicals, water 
treatment, nuclear energy and 
concentrating solar power. 

Divisions
The Group has chosen to organise the 
management and financial structure 
by the grouping of related products.

■ RotoRK ContRolS
Operating Profit 2013*

■ RotoRK FlUid SyStemS

Operating Profit 2013*

£105.5m (+11.3%)

£31.0m (+25.9%)

Rotork Controls manufactures electric 
actuators and control systems for the valve 
market throughout the world. Its main 
manufacturing facilities are in the UK, USA, 
Germany, China, India and Malaysia.
See more on pages 16 to 17

Rotork Fluid Systems specialises in the 
production of pneumatic and hydraulic 
actuators and control systems. These 
products are manufactured in the UK,  
USA, Italy, Germany and Sweden with 
Centres of Excellence strategically located 
around the world.
See more on pages 18 to 19

■ RotoRK GeARS

Operating Profit 2013*

£13.0m (+7.3%)

Rotork Gears manufactures complete 
gearbox assemblies and valve adaption 
kits for use with actuators and as direct 
valve operators. It has facilities in the UK, 
Netherlands, Italy, China, USA and India.  
See more on pages 20 to 21

■ RotoRK inStRUmentS

Operating Profit 2013*

£7.8m (+53.5%)

Rotork Instruments manufactures 
products used in the pressure and flow 
control markets and has production 
sites in the USA and Italy, which are 
complemented by a large network of 
distribution and support centres. 
See more on pages 22 to 23

Highlights

When you turn on a tap or switch on a light, 
turn on a kettle or put fuel in your car, a flow 
control product is being used somewhere in 
the process of delivering that service.

Rotork products and services are helping 
companies in the oil & gas, water and waste 
water, power, marine, mining, food, 
pharmaceutical and chemical industries 
around the world to improve efficiency, 
assure safety and protect the environment.

From safety systems that may be needed just 
once in a lifetime to process controls that are 
constantly on the move, Rotork flow control 
products remain the clear choice, worldwide.

1

Revenue 

£578.4m

Operating Profit* 

£151.4m

Profit Before Tax

£138.0m

Earnings Per Share

114.8p

+13.0%

+14.8%

+11.1%

+11.3%

Highlights

 ■ Record order intake, revenue and profit in 

each division

 ■ Order intake up 7.3%
 ■ Order book at £187.8m, up 3.8% from

December 2012

 ■ Continued expansion of product portfolio
 ■ Four acquisitions completed in the year

Strategic report

Governance 

IFC  At a glance
01  Highlights
02  Geographical locations
04  Market overview
06  Business model and strategy
08 

 Progress against strategic 
priorities

10  Strategy in action

– focused on growth
12  Chairman’s statement
14  Chief Executive’s review
16  Business review
– Controls
– Fluid Systems
– Gears
– Instruments
Financial review

24 
28  Key performance indicators
30  How we manage risk
32  Principal risks and uncertainties
34 

 Corporate social responsibility

Directors

42  Board of Directors
44  Management board

*  References to adjusted profit throughout this document are defined as the IFRS profit, 

whether operating profit or profit before tax, with £12.1m (2012: £7.4m) of amortisation 
of acquired intangibles added back.

46  Corporate governance
56  Directors’ remuneration report
70  Report of the directors

Financial Statements

72 
75 
75 

Independent auditor’s report
 Consolidated income statement
 Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income
76  Consolidated balance sheet
 Consolidated statement of 
77 
changes in equity
 Consolidated statement of 
cashflows
 Notes to the Group financial 
statements

78 

79 

116   Rotork plc Company balance  

sheet

117   Notes to the Company financial 

statements

Company Information

124  Ten year trading history
125  Share register information
126  Corporate directory

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-1262

Geographical locations

Serving the world
Rotork strives to ensure that it is in the correct location to support 
existing customers and to expand its customer base. It has always 
been committed to a global customer base, supporting operations in 
some of the most remote and challenging environments. Companies 
can source Rotork’s products locally, supported by life-of-plant 
maintenance, repair and upgrade services.

Rotork has established manufacturing facilities across the globe 
which, together with our own global network of local offices, 
regional Centres of Excellence and agents, provide over 800  
Rotork outlets worldwide. 

 ■ A local service from a global company
 ■ Over 350 service engineers available globally
 ■ Structured support network with a flexible

approach 

 ■ Over 120,000 flow control products under 
preventative maintenance contracts
 ■ 24/7 access to client support centres

Group revenue by end user market

Oil & Gas

Water & 
Waste Water

Power

Industrial & 
Mining

Other

012

2013

Group revenue by end user destination

N. America 
exc. Mexico

Asia Pacific/
Far East

E.Europe 

Europe

Latin America

Middle East/ 
Africa

UK

2012

2013

Americas

8
manufacturing
facilities
755
employees

12
offices

With the acquisition of Renfro the number 
of manufacturing sites has increased by one 
to now stand at eight. During 2013 Rotork 
Mexico relocated to new premises and we 
expanded two other offices. There are plans 
to open one new office in 2014. 

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013  3

Europe, Middle East & Africa

Asia & Australia

12
manufacturing
facilities
1,591
employees

20 
offices

4
manufacturing
facilities
706
employees

26 
offices

Following the acquisitions made in 2013,  
we have two additional manufacturing 
sites, one in Germany and one in Italy.  
We also opened a new office in Bath (UK) 
and expanded our Middle East office. In 
2014 we plan to open four new offices and 
expand two of our current ones. 

Our Malaysian facility that houses the 
sales and manufacturing operations 
moved to larger premises and we also 
expanded our Shanghai (China) facility.  
In 2014 we plan to open three new offices 
and expand one of our current offices.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
4

Market overview

Market drivers
Many of the markets we serve are recognised as structural growth 
markets. The growth may be driven by investment in new 
infrastructure to support urbanisation or industrialisation, 
automation or refurbishment of existing plants. Population growth, 
the exploitation of new technologies and the desire to extract 
natural resources from ever more challenging locations are also 
drivers in some of our markets. 

Urbanisation
There are increasing numbers of 
people living in urban areas 
especially in developing 
countries.

Infrastructure
Infrastructure is essential in order 
to support, sustain or enhance 
living conditions. 

Automation
All industry sectors continue to 
automate their operations to 
provide greater efficiency, 
improve safety or increase 
precision in production. Remote 
monitoring is also increasing. 

Population growth
Whilst the rate of increase has 
reduced in the developed world, 
in developing countries we 
expect to see the fastest 
population growth.

New technologies
New technological advances 
enable companies to increase 
the efficiency of their plant and 
improve the information being 
sent to the control centre, 
ultimately improving the return 
on investment. 

total addreSSable Market
 ■ controlS Market

 ■ Fluid SySteMS Market

 ■ GearS Market

 ■ inStruMentS Market

£1,747m

£975m

£190m

£188m

Market SHare

£3.1bn rotork 
addressable market

Source: Rotork Internal Data, BFPA, NFPA.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013   
 
 
5

oil & GaS

power

 ■ Growth in global energy demand
 ■ Unconventional oil & gas
 ■ Global liquified natural gas (LNG) trade
 ■ Strategic storage and reserves 
 ■ Geographic reallocation of refining capacity
 ■ Greater capital intensity

 ■  Urbanisation & population growth
 ■  Industrialisation in developing countries
 ■  Need for emissions reductions and increased efficiency
 ■  Long term energy security – investment in nuclear & 

renewables 

water

induStrial and otHer

 ■ Population growth
 ■ Water scarcity and urbanisation
 ■ Industrialisation – water re-use and desalination 
 ■ Ageing assets in developed economies
 ■ Tighter environmental regulations

 ■  Demand for metals, minerals and processed goods driven by 

developing countries

 ■  Increased demand for vehicles from both commercial and 

consumer sectors 

 ■  Improved standards of living driving demand for Heating, 
Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC), processed food  
& drink

 ■  Rising energy costs creating the need for energy efficient 

equipment and systems

opportunitieS For GrowtH

 ■ controlS
 ■ Facility expansion
 ■ New product launches
 ■ HVAC market

 ■ Fluid SySteMS
 ■ New product launches
 ■  Expanding Centres of 

Excellence
 ■  New markets

 ■ GearS
 ■ Valve adaption
 ■ New markets

 ■ inStruMentS
 ■  Product development
 ■  New markets
 ■  Acquisitions 

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
6

business model and strategy

To maintain a market-leading position, we aim 
to provide high quality, technically advanced, 
innovative products coupled with a superior 
level of service that supports our customers’ 
activities around the world.

business model
Our global network of offices and manufacturing sites expands each 
year to ensure that support is local to the customer. The same Rotork 
culture is found at all of our sites and it is something we strive to bring 
to new offices and acquired businesses so that customers get 
consistently high quality service throughout the world. We operate  
an asset-light business model, with most of our manufacturing  
sites purchasing components in a finished form and then  
assembling to order. 

Competitive strengths
 ■ tecHnoloGical leaderSHip
Understanding our customers and the markets we serve allows us to 
continue to develop new products and lead the evolution of actuator 
and flow control products.
 ■ Global Footprint 
Our offices around the world allow us to manage the complex global 
projects which account for the majority of our sales and to support 
customers in the field. Rotork Site Services work with our customers 
by installing and commissioning our actuators and by meeting their 
service requirements.
 ■ diverSe end Market expoSure
Wherever fluids or gases are being moved and the process needs to 
be automated or contain failsafe controls, actuators and flow control 
products are required. We highlight the oil & gas, power and water 
markets because they use actuators most intensively and in a broad 
range of applications but we also sell to many other markets. 
 ■ breadtH oF product portFolio 
Through product development and acquisitions, we have built up the 
broadest range of actuators on the market and have started to add  
a range of flow control instruments. This ensures we have the 
appropriate product for the widest range of applications within 
a site or a project.
 ■ aSSet-liGHt buSineSS Model 
Over 90% of our products are built using an outsourced 
manufacturing model, with our workforce assembling components 
and configuring products to match customer orders. We have 
developed a global network of suppliers who manufacture the 
components to our designs and who use our tooling.
 ■ Quality
Our products are used in demanding environments where consistency 
of performance is often critical to a process. Customers expect Rotork 
products to be reliable and our quality control procedures, which 
extend to cover our supply chain, are central to delivering this.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013   
business model and strategy

7

INDUSTRY
KNOW-HOW

SITE SERVICES

INNOVATION

QUALITY 
CONTROL

SALES PROJECT 
MANAGEMENT

PRODUCT 
ASSEMBLY

SOURCING 
PARTNERSHIPS

Strategy
Rotork’s vision is to be the leader in our targeted 
segments of the global flow control market. The targeted 
segments comprise the traditional electric, fluid power 
and manual actuators used to control the flow of fluids 
and gases. These markets are addressed by our Controls, 
Fluid Systems and Gears divisions. In addition, the 
broader instrumentation, diagnostics and feedback 
devices used in pressure control and measurement or 
flow control and measurement, form the targeted 
segments for Rotork’s Instruments division. 

rotork StrateGy

 ■  Providing high quality and 

innovative products and services to 
control the flow of fluids and gases
 ■ Meeting customer needs through 
global expertise delivered locally
 ■ Achieving consistent, sustainable 

and profitable growth

 ■ Being the employer of choice

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
8

progress against strategic priorities

We seek to deliver a high return on capital, strong and sustainable margins and consistent year-on-year 
growth in revenues and profit which, combined with the asset-light model, deliver strong cash generation. 
This cash is used to fund the growth of the business, both organically and through targeted acquisitions, 
and to fund sustainable and consistent growth in our core dividend.

To provide short-term focus, we agree an annual set of key objectives. The progress against these during 
the year and objectives for the coming year are shown below.

rotork is focused on growth and our objectives 
reflect this. We have always grown through 
a combination of organic expansion and 
acquisition and we will continue to pursue both 
routes in the future.

StrateGic prioritieS
 ■ SaleS GrowtH
Deliver profitable sales growth by  
focusing on the customer, increasing our 
international coverage, broadening our end 
markets and continuing to integrate our 
new acquisitions.

 ■ acQuiSitionS
These are a core part of our growth 
strategy. Our criteria for acquisitions are 
that they bring Rotork a new product, a 
new geographical market or a new market 
sector. Often the target will satisfy two  
or even three of these criteria. We retain a 
rigorous and disciplined approach to 
acquisition pricing.

 ■ cuStoMer Support proGraMMe 
We continue to develop our Rotork Site 
Services capabilities to ensure we provide 
the level of local support our customers 
have come to expect from us. 

acHieveMentS 2013

objectiveS 2014

Expanded or moved to larger facilities in 
Bath (UK), Middle East, Mexico, Malaysia, 
Brazil, Shanghai (China) and Houston (USA). 
Gained greater knowledge of new end 
markets outside of our traditional areas.

Move into the new factory in Leeds (UK) as 
well as considering locations for new sales 
offices or expansion of existing offices. 
Continue to build knowledge of a number 
of less well developed end markets and 
consider these opportunities.

Acquired Schischek (January), Flowco (July) 
and GT Attuatori and Renfro (August).

Execute acquisition plan of identified 
opportunities.

Increased the number of service engineers 
by 9%, expanded the RSS management 
team and expanded the service workshops 
in five locations.

Launch the Client Support Programme 
service platform whilst continuing to expand 
the service team and establish new 
workshops where there is customer 
demand. 

the introduction of new technologies and 
features into actuators has been central 
to rotork’s development. we continue to 
look for ways to enhance our products and 
satisfy our customers’ requirements.

StrateGic prioritieS
 ■ new product
Introduce and develop new products in 
each of the divisions.

acHieveMentS 2013

objectiveS 2014

There were a number of product launches 
and expansion of product ranges / 
certifications during the year in all divisions.

A number of product launches are 
scheduled this year in line with the product 
roadmap established for each division. 
Development continues in other areas, 
including nuclear and within the recently 
acquired businesses.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013   
progress against strategic priorities

9

rotork has operated an outsourced manufacturing 
model for many years. in our newly acquired businesses 
our preference is also to outsource the low value add 
processes but we review each situation and decide on  
a case by case basis.

StrateGic prioritieS
 ■ ManuFacturinG excellence 
Rotork continues to develop world-class 
manufacturing.

 ■ Supply cHain ManaGeMent 
Rotork’s outsourced manufacturing model 
means that material costs are the most 
significant component of direct costs. We 
have always sought to control these costs 
and wherever possible leverage our global 
presence to source materials.

 ■ Global buSineSS SySteMS 
Rollout our global system for the sales and 
service offices and start development of 
the manufacturing functionality.

acHieveMentS 2013

objectiveS 2014

A focus within our facilities to drive process 
improvements has been supported in some 
locations by new or expanded facilities and 
enhancements to systems.

In conjunction with the development of  
a manufacturing version of our global 
business system, we will carry out a review 
of our procedures in order to share best 
practice within the Group.

We continued to expand our sourcing team. 
We managed to mitigate inflationary price 
pressures through negotiation and finding 
new suppliers to deliver cost savings 
throughout the year.

Continue to look for opportunities to take 
costs out of all our products through 
sourcing or product development. Our 
proven sourcing capabilities will be 
supported with increased resources once 
again as we also focus on recently acquired 
businesses.

The new system is now operational in many 
sites and the rollout template is now well 
developed.

Continue the rollout through the sales and 
service offices and start development of 
manufacturing system.

in order to support our long-term focus, rotork requires 
trained and motivated employees to deliver our 
strategy. this, together with providing a safe working 
environment, is key to maintaining the high levels of 
staff retention we currently enjoy.

StrateGic prioritieS
 ■ eMployee developMent
We will invest in our people and encourage 
internal development to support our future 
growth plans. We recognise the benefits of 
diversity amongst our employees and will 
promote this both through external 
appointments and internal development.

 ■ corporate Social 

reSponSibility (cSr) 

Our objectives for CSR are monitored by 
four separate committees covering health  
and safety, environment, ethics and social 
issues which report to the CSR Committee 
chaired by the Chief Executive. Our 
approach in these areas is to communicate 
best practice throughout the Group, 
training those responsible and, where 
appropriate, verifying adoption in each 
subsidiary.

acHieveMentS 2013

objectiveS 2014

The Group training team has initiated a 
number of training plans targeted at 
different groups throughout the world. The 
Group’s Statement re: Women on Boards 
has set the tone for gender diversity within 
the Group. Our graduate and apprentice 
recruitment programme continues to grow.

Broaden the range of online and face to 
face training programmes to cover more 
employees. Continue to grow the graduate 
and apprentice programmes and through 
this, as well as higher level recruitments, 
promote diversity.

Health and safety audit scores improved in 
the year and the associated KPI (Accident 
Frequency Rate) also improved. Our new 
environmental KPI, focused on carbon 
emissions showed an improvement in the 
year. The ethics committee continued to 
communicate the provisions of the UK 
Bribery Act now using online training. Our 
employees gave their time and energy to 
support a wide variety of good causes 
around the world.

Continue to communicate best practice to 
all locations and provide the necessary 
training to support local teams. Focus on 
year two carbon emissions and our targeted 
3% reduction in CO2 per £ of revenue in 
2014. Encourage our employees to continue 
in their efforts for our global charity, 
WaterAid, as well as other local charities in 
the countries in which we operate.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
10

Strategy in action – Focused on growth

We will seek to grow our addressable market in 
three ways: through acquisitions, organic 
growth in our existing and new markets and 
through product development that will allow us 
to address a wider section of our existing market 
and take us into new markets. 

Rotork is focused on growth and our 
objectives reflect this. We have always 
grown through a combination of organic 
expansion and acquisition and we will 
continue to pursue both routes in the future.

organic growth

GeoGrapHic coveraGe

product developMent 

We will continue to invest in our 
infrastructure to cope with the increased 
levels of demand and take advantage of the 
opportunities in the markets that we serve. 
Our facilities will provide a safe working 
environment for our staff. We will continue 
to lease facilities as a preference, in line with 
our asset-light business model, and only 
purchase a facility as part of an acquisition  
or if there are specific operational reasons  
to do so.

 ■ Realise new facility plans
 ■ Review suitability of all locations and 
invest or restructure as appropriate

 ■ Continually improve delivery 

performance to exceed customer 
expectations

 ■ Continuous improvement in Quality 

Excellence

 ■ Drive plant efficiency through the 

implementation of best practices and 
lean initiatives

 ■ Complete move to new Leeds facility
 ■ Focus on cost reduction in existing 

plants

 ■ Reduce and maintain inventory to sales 

ratios at target levels

By leveraging Group technology and 
expertise we provide our customers with 
innovative and competitive solutions to their 
needs in a timely manner. This is supported 
by a continuous search for new technology 
to maintain our market leadership.

 ■ Reduce product development time
 ■ Increase interaction with other product 

introduction stakeholders

 ■ Continual development and utilisation 

of RIDEC

 ■ Continue to develop Group processes 
through the Group Engineering Forum
 ■ Leverage Group technology throughout 

the product ranges
 ■ Value Engineering
 ■ Develop a Group range of nuclear 

products

Growth by acquisition

Our acquisition strategy remains unchanged: 
we continue to look for opportunities to grow 
through acquisition. Our target companies will 
be in the field of flow control and are tested 
against our set criteria. They should satisfy at 
least one of the following criteria; enhance our 
position in an end user market, enhance or 
extend our product offering or enhance our 
position in a geographic market. During 2013 
we acquired four companies; Schischek,  
GT Attuatori, Renfro and Flowco. 

1.  ScHiScHek 

 ■ Design, manufacture and sale of 

explosion-proof electric actuators 

 ■ Established in 1975
 ■ HVAC market place
 ■ Part of the Controls division
 ■ Exposure to attractive new end markets

Following the acquisition of the Schischek 
group of companies in January 2013, it has 
now been fully integrated and rebranded as 
Rotork Schischek. Rotork Schischek is a leader 
in the design, manufacture and sale of 
explosion-proof electric actuators, principally 
for the heating, ventilation, and air 
conditioning (HVAC) market place. 

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013   
Strategy in action – Focused on growth

 2.  1.

 4.

 3.

Growth by acquisition

2.  Gt attuatori

 ■ Manufacture a range of pneumatic rack 

and pinion actuators
 ■ Established in 1963
 ■ Based in Milan, Italy and Sinzig, 

Germany

Schischek meets all three of our acquisition 
criteria. The acquisition has enhanced 
Rotork’s existing range of actuators, provided 
Rotork with exposure to an attractive new 
end market and increased our scope for 
growth in Germany and Europe. 

Schischek has its main sites in Langenzenn 
near Nuremberg in Southern Germany and 
Lutzenberg in Switzerland. Germany is one  
of the largest domestic markets in Europe 
and is a global centre for industrial process 
manufacturers and for this reason we have 
recently restructured our sales and 
management team in Germany to leverage 
our current infrastructure and drive growth. 

 ■ Centre of Excellence in Germany
 ■ Part of RFS division

The acquisition of GTA has brought one of 
the longest established and best regarded 
rack and pinion manufacturers in our markets 
to Rotork. GTA has become part of our Fluid 
Systems division and this acquisition extends 
our distribution sales, extends our product 
offering and enhances our distribution 
channel in Europe. 

GTA has a plant in Milan, Italy, and two 
businesses in Germany. One of these is a 
Centre of Excellence, selling packages of 
actuators and valves, and both have been 
integrated into our new German sales 
structure.

3.  renFro

 ■ Design and manufacture valve adaptions
 ■ Established in 1979
 ■ Based in Broken Arrow, Oklahoma
 ■ Part of Gears division

Renfro is another long established business 
with an excellent reputation for delivering 
high quality products and services to its 
customers mainly in the oil & gas, water 
treatment and food processing industries. 

11

The acquisition provides Rotork with the 
opportunity to repeat the success of its 
UK-based valvekits business by expanding the 
Renfro offering across the USA. Rotork 
acquired Renfro because it will extend our 
valve adaption capability and allow us to 
grow the valvekits business in the USA.

4.  Flowco

 ■ Dedicated team of service engineers
 ■ Based near Bath, UK
 ■ Focus on water industry
 ■ Part of Controls division

Flowco is an actuator service company based 
near Rotork’s Bath headquarters, UK. Flowco 
has excellent relationships with its water 
utility customer base who value the 
responsiveness of its service offering.
Referring to our criteria, Flowco was acquired 
in order to extend our service capability in the 
UK market. 

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
12

chairman’s statement

 ■ 11.7% increase in dividends
 ■ Positive contributions from all 
acquisitions during the year

 ■ A number of product launches in  
2013 with more planned for 2014
 ■ The global markets that we serve 

remain active

Financial Highlights
The 13% growth in revenue this year to 
£578m benefited from the four acquisitions 
made during the year and a currency 
tailwind. On an organic constant currency 
basis revenue grew 6% with currency adding 
2% and acquisitions providing the remaining 
5%. Adjusted* operating profit increased by 
15% to £151m, or 9% on an organic 
constant currency basis, delivering an 
operating margin of 26.2%, compared with 
25.8% in 2012. Each of the divisions reported 
improved margins compared with the prior 
year. Earnings per share increased 11% to 
114.8 pence per share or, based on adjusted 
profit*, by 14% to 124.9 pence. With 
operating cash conversion of 100% in the 
year, net cash balances increased by £9m to 
£69m at the year end.

Growth has been generated this year from 
developing both new end markets and new 
geographies and from a combination of 
organic expansion and acquisition. 
Acquisitions have always been a part of our 
growth strategy and this year we acquired 
four companies that supplemented our 
organic growth.

At the beginning of 2013 we acquired the 
Schischek group of companies, which 
performed very well in the year, and mid-year 
we acquired GTA Group, a rack and pinion 
actuator manufacturer. The products of both 
acquisitions are now being sold through 

Rotork’s network of sales subsidiaries and the 
process of integration is well underway. 
Flowco, acquired in July, services the water 
utilities after-market and has become part of 
our Rotork UK business. Renfro, acquired in 
August, provides Rotork with the opportunity 
to create a US-based valve adaption business 
similar to our current Valvekits business in the 
UK. All of the acquisitions made positive 
contributions during the year, as did Soldo, 
the Italian switchbox manufacturer acquired 
in November 2012, which delivered a good 
first full year of trading within the 
Instruments division.

Innovation has always been one of Rotork’s 
core strengths. This year saw a number of 
product launches with more planned in each 
division for 2014. The Rotork Innovation 
Design & Engineering Centre (RIDEC) based 
in Chennai (India) has supported these 
efforts, working with all Rotork divisions and 
helping accelerate the pace of innovation.

I would like to acknowledge the high level of 
commitment and professionalism of our 
employees and to congratulate them on their 
contribution in delivering another year of 
record results.

Board Composition
After serving on our Board for nine years, 
latterly as the Senior Independent Director, 
Ian King will retire at the June Board meeting. 
I would like to thank Ian on behalf of the 

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013  RogeR LockwoodchaiRmanOur strategy of expanding our product portfolio, geographic reach and end market exposure has enabled us to deliver another year of record order intake, revenue and profit. 
chairman’s statement

13

11.7%

dividend increase

Board for his excellent contribution to the 
Group over this period. We are currently 
recruiting to fill the vacancy that Ian’s 
departure will create and we will announce 
this and any consequent changes in positions 
in due course. The Board is compliant with 
the Corporate Governance Code at present in 
that half the Board, excluding myself as 
Chairman, are independent non-executives 
and following the changes outlined above it 
will remain compliant. In addition the Board 
meets our stated aim that 25% of our 
independent non-executives are women.

Board Performance
We have used external consultants to 
conduct an independent appraisal of Board 
effectiveness for a number of years and did 
so again this year. The feedback from the 
review was positive and there was a strong 
sense that the Board has continued to build 
on the progress made in prior years. There is 
a level of openness and support between 
Board members which allows the Board to 
function effectively and in a way that all 
members are comfortable with. The review 
noted that improvements had been made 
this year in the process of setting strategy 
and monitoring the performance of new 
initiatives and acquisitions. The focus areas 
for the coming year include succession 
planning, talent management and continuing 
to manage the growth of the Company, 
whether that is within the existing operations 
or through the making and integration of 

Outlook
We continue to invest for growth, 
increasing our international sales network 
and expanding our product portfolio  
both organically and by acquisition to 
strengthen our presence in the wider  
flow control market. 

The global markets that we serve remain 
active, providing further opportunities for 
growth, although we recognise that we are 
likely to experience weakness within some 
regions due to economic conditions and a 
headwind from currency. Nevertheless the 
Board remains confident of achieving further 
progress in the coming year. 

Roger Lockwood
Chairman

3 March 2014

acquisitions. Overall, I remain satisfied that 
the composition of the Board with its broad 
range of experience and skills enables it to 
fulfil its role to full effect.

Corporate Governance
The Board is committed to high standards  
of governance, we see this as central to 
delivering increasing shareholder value over 
the long term. The Board considers all the 
aspects of the business necessary to provide 
good governance and these are set out in the 
Corporate Governance Report. I am pleased 
to be able to confirm that Rotork complies 
with all aspects of the 2010 and 2012 
versions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code.

Dividend
The Board recommends a final dividend of 
30.0p per share which, taken together with 
the 2013 interim dividend, gives a payment 
of 48.05p per share (2012 dividend: 43.0p), 
representing a 11.7% increase in dividends. 
This dividend will be payable on 19 May 2014 
to shareholders on the register on  
11 April 2014.

*  References to adjusted profit throughout this document 
are defined as the IFRS profit, whether operating profit 
or profit before tax, with £12.1m (2012: £7.4m) of 
amortisation of acquired intangibles added back.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
14

chief executive’s review

 ■ Record order intake, revenue and 

profit in each division

 ■ Sales to oil & gas market up 24%
 ■ Four acquisitions completed in  

the year

 ■ Increased product portfolio
 ■ Increased investment in 

infrastructure

Our geographic presence continues to grow 
and during the year we expanded our 
factories in Shanghai and Houston, moved to 
new facilities in Malaysia, Mexico, Middle East 
and Brazil and opened a new office in Bath, 
UK. We now have 24 manufacturing sites, 58 
national offices and 81 regional locations in 
34 countries. In total we have over 800 sales 
channels in 95 countries. In line with our 
strategy and the requirements of our 
customers, we remain focused on building a 
truly global operation with a local presence. 

The year ended strongly, with order intake 
returning to the levels we saw at the start of 
2013, although the strengthening of sterling 
reduced the fourth quarter reported order 
intake by 6.1% compared with the first 
quarter. For the year as a whole order intake 
was £578.7m, 7.3% higher than 2012. 
Acquisitions contributed 4.9% of the growth 
and currency a further 1.6%.

During the year, we delivered on orders from a 
number of the larger projects won in 2012. As 
a result, revenue grew 13.0% to £578.4m and 
was boosted by a record output in the last 
quarter, beating the previous record set in the 
final quarter of 2012, with organic constant 
currency growth of 6.3%. The adjusted* 
operating profit margin was 26.2%, a 40 basis 
point improvement on 2012. 

At our Capital Markets Day in November we 
introduced our new strapline, ‘Keeping the 
World Flowing’. As a flow control company, 
Rotork’s products impact our everyday lives 
from the moment we wake until the end of 
the day, whether we are turning on a light, 
filling a kettle or putting fuel in our car. Our 
products operate in some of the most remote 
and challenging environments, where 
reliability and local support are vital to keep 
our customers’ operations running. The 
industries we serve often have high barriers 
to entry and our products often require 
certification because of their mission-critical 
nature. Our strategy is to continue to expand 
our product portfolio and strengthen our 
geographic reach, whilst broadening our 
end-market exposure.

In 2013 we saw a 24% increase in sales to 
the oil & gas market, which now represents 
59% of Group revenue. These sales were into 
many different parts of the oil & gas industry 
with upstream sales increasing to 11% of 
Group revenue, mid stream to 22% and 
downstream reducing to 26%. The increases 
in upstream and midstream were driven 
partly by the major projects delivered during 
the year in Australia and Mexico. The Indian 
power market has still not regained its former 
strength and, combined with the 
consequential effect this has had on demand 
from Chinese boiler makers, revenue from the 
power market declined 13%. The long-term 
drivers behind this market remain positive and 
we remain confident that it will return to 
growth. Water sales grew 4% with products 
serving this end market now to be found in 
each of the divisions. The growth of our 
Instruments division and recent acquisitions 

such as Schischek have boosted our industrial 
and mining sales, which rose by 18% such 
that revenue from these end markets is now 
very close to our sales in the water market.

During the year we invested in our 
infrastructure and will continue to do so in 
2014. Our sales office network will continue 
to grow as we look at opportunities for new 
offices in Eastern Europe, China, Southern 
Africa and Australia. These new locations have 
been identified as areas where either there is a 
significant installed base of our products 
which will provide service opportunities or 
where there are opportunities for new 
product sales. We will also continue to invest 
in our existing locations with the new factory 
in Leeds due to complete in 2014, the planned 
expansion of our Singapore office and our 
business in Bilbao, Spain, relocated to new 
and larger premises.

Research and Development
Innovation remains a core driver of our growth 
and 2013 has seen product launches or range 
expansions in all divisions. In Controls we 
extended the range of IQ3 sizes and options 
available and continued the process of 
certifying the product for more of the markets 
we sell into. In Fluid Systems the second phase 
of the Gas-over-Oil product range was 
launched and both Gears and Instruments 
launched a number of new ranges.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013  Peter FrancechieF executiveRotork’s performance once again highlights the benefits of our diverse end market exposure and the critical role that our products play in keeping the world flowing. We have continued to invest in our product portfolio and international sales channels and each of our divisions has achieved record results this year. 
chief executive’s review

15

13.0%

revenue growth

We have continued to add to the number of 
engineers who are focused on product 
development and we have restructured our 
electronics development team to reflect the 
fact that this resource supports all of the 
divisions rather than just Controls. Our spend 
on R&D increased once again this year, up 
13.4% to £8.4m, despite the investment in 
IQ3 now being past the peak spend prior to 
initial launch. The initiatives currently being 
worked on will support product launches in 
2014 and beyond.

Rotork Site Services (RSS)
RSS predominately operates within Rotork 
Controls and Rotork Fluid Systems and we 
have built on this position to provide a 
standard approach to how we service 
customers of all our products and divisions. 
The team focuses on their ability to provide 
service and support in virtually every country 
in the world through preventative 
maintenance contracts, onsite and workshop 
service and retrofit solutions. 

Our flow control products are often required 
to support operations in some of the most 
remote and challenging environments and our 
customers demand reliable products. Should 
they require support, local service is critical. To 
extend our current offering we are launching 
a new Client Support Programme in 2014 that 
will offer a tailor-made service that precisely 
fits the specific needs of every customer. 

The performance of RSS is measured against 
key metrics including the number of service 
engineers. In 2013 we increased the number 
of service engineers by 9% so that we now 

have over 350 service employees around the 
world. The number of actuators under some 
form of preventative maintenance contract is 
greater than 120,000.

Our people
Rotork is a great place to work and it is 
important for our people to have input into 
the development and future of the Company. 
For nearly sixty years we have sought to foster 
an open and honest culture based on 
employee involvement. In November we 
conducted our annual Employee Satisfaction 
Survey, where the response rate increased 
from 77% to 79% and the overall satisfaction 
score also improved. The global results 
showed that on average people are most 
satisfied with Rotork’s products and services, 
our approach to health and safety, values and 
ethics, are happy that they have a secure and 
interesting job and would recommend Rotork 
as an employer to a friend.

Our workforce increased by 250 people in 
2013. From the four acquisitions we 
welcomed 168 employees to the Rotork 
family and 82 were recruited through growth 
in our existing locations. This means we now 
have over 3,050 employees based in 34 
countries. 

The success of Rotork is down to the hard 
work and dedication of our people. I would 
like to personally thank each and every one 
of them for making Rotork the market 
leading world-class business that it is today. 

Corporate Social Responsibility
We recognise our responsibilities relating to our 
people, the companies we trade with, as well 
as the communities and physical environments 
in which we work. The Rotork Corporate Social 
Responsibility (CSR) Committee has set high 
standards in order for these to be embedded 
within each business. There are four Sub-
Committees which each report to the CSR 
Committee throughout the year on the 
progress made in the areas of environment, 
health and safety, ethics and social issues.

WaterAid continues to be our chosen global 
charity with £55,000 donated by Rotork 
together with £6,600 contributed by 
employee fundraising events. We also 
support local charitable events and 
additionally this year we have made a special 
donation to the Institute of Cancer Research, 
London. It has been a particularly difficult 
year with cancer deeply affecting the lives 
and families of a number of our colleagues.

For more information about the CSR 
Committee and details of the work carried 
out during the year see pages 34 to 41.

*  References to adjusted profit throughout this document 
are defined as the IFRS profit, whether operating profit 
or profit before tax, with £12.1m (2012: £7.4m) of 
amortisation of acquired intangibles added back.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
16

business review – controls

Revenue (£m) 

+9.7%

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

321.9

293.3

278.0

243.4

227.3

Adjusted* Operating Profit (£m) 

+11.3%

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

105.5

94.8

92.1

78.8

72.0

Having launched the third generation of our 
flagship IQ actuator in 2012, this year was 
one of transition with IQ2 volumes 
diminishing and IQ3 growing. IQ3 was first 
manufactured at our site in Bath, where it 
now accounts for the vast majority of IQ 
production and has now been rolled out to 
our factory in Rochester (USA). Innovation 
has been key to Rotork’s success over the 
years and the benefits and features of the 
IQ3 have reinforced our reputation for being 
the market leader for medium to heavy-duty 
electric actuators. The Compact Modulating 
Actuator (CMA), launched at the end of 
2012, gained market acceptance during 2013 
and we saw sales of this product line 
supplement those of the Control Valve 
Actuator (CVA) and expand our process 
control sales.

In 2012 we received a number of large 
Australian coal seam gas project orders that 
we did not expect to be repeated in 2013. 
As a result, although order intake increased 
by 2.9% on a reported basis, on an organic 
constant currency basis it was 3.4% lower 
than 2012. Overall activity levels improved 
towards the end of the year but the order 
book closed the year 2.6% lower at 
£100.3m.

Revenue grew 9.7% to £321.9m, supported 
by the delivery of the projects referred to 
above. Removing the impact of currency and 
acquisitions revenue growth was 3.1%. 
Schischek performed in line with our 
expectations whilst the impact of currency, 
which had been a tailwind in the first half, 
was neutral in the second half. Adjusted* 
operating profit increased by 11.3% to 

£105.5m, producing a margin of 32.8%, 
which was 50 basis points higher than 2012 
and mainly arose from lower material costs. 
Whilst currency increased the reported profit, 
it had a slight dampening effect on margin. 
Schischek margins were in line with the 
division as a whole, resulting in organic 
constant currency margins of 33.0%, with 
adjusted operating profit growth on this basis 
of 5.2%.

Our North American offices performed well 
overall and this was due to a number of 
factors including; the continued expansion of 
tight oil & gas exploration and production in 
the US; our targeted growth in municipal 
water infrastructure; and a strong export 
market from the US valvemakers focused on 
the global oil & gas markets. China continued 
to deliver growth and despite the downturn 
in power projects globally, there were still 
significant projects in power. 

Following the investment in our facilities in 
China we continue to focus on expanding 
our domestic business alongside our 
international one. Korea was an important 
market for us this year due to the success of 
Korean contractors securing international 
EPC contracts. As expected, Australia had a 
positive year, benefiting from coal seam gas 
projects. Some of the domestic markets of 
our European companies were still subdued 
but this was offset by our export business 
with European valvemakers, whose 
international markets were strong. Following 
our investment in the Middle East, this office 
produced a year of good growth. The Indian 
power market did not regain its previous 
highs in the year and this impacted our 

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013  The year ended with improving order input and strong fourth quarter revenue. This resulted in full year revenue growth of 9.7% which in turn drove a 50 basis point improvement in adjusted* operating profit margin.Grant WoodMd rotork Controls 
17

Indian subsidiary with our electric actuator 
sales flat year-on-year.

At the beginning of 2013 we acquired 
Schischek, an electric actuator company 
focused on the Heating, Ventilation and Air 
Conditioning (HVAC) market, and we have 
started integrating it into our international 
sales network and reorganising how we 
operate in Germany. The business met our 
expectations in the year and we expect 
further growth in 2014 as the integration 
continues and our offices identify 
opportunities in Schischek’s end markets.  
In July 2013 we acquired Flowco, an  
actuator service company based near our 
headquarters in Bath, and the company has 
been successfully integrated into our Rotork 
UK sales subsidiary. 

During 2013 we relocated our offices in 
Mexico and Malaysia. The investment in 
Mexico will facilitate further growth in this 
active market whilst the new Malaysian office 
will allow us to serve the local market better 
and grow our valve automation and retrofit 
sales. As planned, Rotork expanded into a 
new office, workshop and production 
storage facility near its headquarters in Bath. 
During 2014 we plan to develop our 
international network further and broaden 
the range of products offered through our 
existing facilities. 

Product development remains an important 
part of our growth strategy and 2013 saw 
the continued development of our IQ3 and 
CMA product ranges, with the full range of 
sizes and options becoming available. In 2014 
we look forward to continuing to launch 
innovative new products.

caSe Study
Rotork’s intelligent electric valve actuators with digital 2-wire monitoring and control 
were specified for valve automation at the Olivenza Thermosolar power plant in Spain,  
a CSP (Concentrated Solar Power) technology facility that is generating eco-friendly 
electricity for up to 50,000 households.

The Olivenza Thermosolar power plant is the second plant to be operated by the 
Spanish company Ibereolica. Rotork supplied IQ range electric actuators with Pakscan 
digital control at the company’s first plant, Moron Thermosolar. 

opportunitieS

 ■  Facility expansion
 ■ New product launches
 ■ HVAC market

*  References to adjusted profit throughout this document are defined as the IFRS profit, whether operating profit or 

profit before tax, with £12.1m (2012: £7.4m) of amortisation of acquired intangibles added back.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
18

business review – Fluid Systems

Revenue (£m) 

+16.2%

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

187.0

160.9

132.6

106.8

99.7

Adjusted* Operating Profit (£m) 

+25.9 %

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

31.0

24.6

17.1

14.9

15.3

RFS manufactures a wide range of 
pneumatic, hydraulic and electro-hydraulic 
actuators mainly for the oil & gas market. Oil 
& gas covers a wide range of applications 
and RFS benefited from strong demand from 
liquified natural gas (LNG), gas and liquids 
pipelines, gas storage and offshore projects 
during the year. Our diverse product portfolio 
and engineering capability enables us to 
participate in the upstream, midstream and 
downstream markets. 

Oil & gas remained the largest end-market  
for RFS with revenue from this segment 
increasing 21%. This represented 77% of the 
division’s revenue in the year but was spread 
across many aspects of the oil & gas market, 
ranging from wellhead skids in Australia in 
upstream, to safety systems in tank storage 
applications in downstream. We also saw 
good increases in our sales destined for the 
water, industrial and mining markets, albeit 
slower than the rate of growth in oil & gas.

Revenue grew 16.2% to £187.0m, a new 
record, with the second half accounting for 
52% of annual revenue. This weighting was 
in line with the Group as a whole and less 
pronounced than the 56% second half 
weighting in the division last year. Removing 
the small contribution from the GTA 
acquisition and the positive currency impact, 
revenue grew 11.7%. Order intake grew at a 
slower rate than revenue, up 12.2%, but still 
exceeded revenue which led to a 14.3% 
increase in order book during the year to 
£76.0m. Adjusted* operating profit of 
£31.0m was 25.9% higher than the prior 
year and set a record operating margin of 
16.6%, a 130 basis point improvement on 
2012. Both currency and acquisitions were a 
headwind, so on an organic constant 
currency basis adjusted operating profit 
margins were 16.9%. The positive impact of 
operational gearing and improvements to 
material costs were the main contributors to 
the further improvement in margins.

In August 2013 we acquired the GTA Group, 
comprising G.T. Attuatori Italia S.r.l. based in 
Italy, together with G.T. Attuatori Europe 
GmbH and Max Process GmbH, both of 
which are in Germany. This acquisition 
extends our product portfolio with a small 
rack and pinion actuator which is often sold 
in petrochemical and industrial applications. 
Since the acquisition we have focused our 
attention on improving GTA’s supply chain 
and sales channels and we anticipate that we 
will see the benefit of this in 2014 and 
beyond. 

We have continued to integrate K-Tork, 
based in Dallas (USA) into our business and 
are focused on developing its products to 
cover a wider range of sizes and options. This 
is in conjunction with a review of component 
sourcing to take advantage of our 
international supply chain. K-Tork’s products 
are often used in power, water and the 
process control market and will further 
diversify RFS’s end-market exposure. 

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013  Rotork Fluid Systems (RFS) had another strong year with double-digit growth in order intake and revenue. We also saw adjusted* operating margin increase by 130 basis points to 16.6% in the year, reflecting the benefit of operational gearing and our focus on cost management. Alex BusByMD RotoRk FluiD systeMs 
business review – Fluid Systems

19

Geographically, we saw strong performances 
from around the world, with the biggest 
improvements in Italy, Russia, Spain, 
Singapore and Australia. Australia benefited 
in particular from coal seam gas investment. 
Mexico continues to be an important market 
following the large pipeline projects we won 
a few years ago and we have grown our 
service business significantly. In 2011 we 
acquired full ownership of the Mexican 
business and in 2013 we opened a new 
Centre of Excellence (CoE) in Mexico to meet 
the increasing demands of our local 
customers. The CoEs provide valve 
automation facilities for factory fitting, 
testing, panel build, actuator overhaul 
capabilities and other local support.

To ensure that we continue to provide 
support to our customers locally we made 
further investment in our facilities, with 
several office moves and expansions during 
the year. The Middle East workshop was 
opened in April and a new Malaysian facility 
opened in August. We also expanded our 
facilities in Brazil and Mexico. 

Increasingly the market is requiring safety 
systems as standard in hazardous applications 
and we have made considerable investment 
in R&D in this area of the business. We have 
continued to develop our existing product 
portfolio and have four products planned to 
launch in 2014, including a new product 
from Rotork Hiller, our US-based company 
focused on the nuclear power industry.

caSe Study
Rotork was selected for routine and safety-related valve control duties on Turkey’s 
pipeline network. The pipelines carry products including natural gas from Asian 
countries and traverse Turkey en-route for export to other final destinations or as a 
source of energy for domestic consumption.

Compressor stations along the route are designed to preserve the pressure level in the 
networks and transfer the gas for local area consumption. These are among the 
pipeline locations where Rotork valve actuation technologies are widely utilised.

opportunitieS

 ■ New product launches
 ■ Expanding Centres of Excellence
 ■ New markets

*  References to adjusted profit throughout this document are defined as the IFRS profit, 

whether operating profit or profit before tax, with £12.1m (2012: £7.4m) of amortisation 
of acquired intangibles added back.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
20

business review – Gears

Revenue (£m) 

+6.0 %

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

56.0

52.9

46.6

39.2

36.8

Adjusted* Operating Profit (£m) 

+7.3%

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

13.0

12.1

10.3

9.2

8.1

The Gears division manufactures manual and 
motorised gearboxes and accessories. There 
are two sales channels for gearboxes and 
accessories; sales made to a Rotork division 
or to a third party valvemaker. A gearbox is 
effectively a component of the valve and, 
with the majority of valves still being 
manually operated, most require a gearbox 
to provide the necessary mechanical 
advantage to operate the valve. Each 
valvemaker therefore requires a supply of 
gearboxes and whilst some make their own, 
our sales proposition is attractive. We provide 
high quality, reliable gearboxes which we are 
able to support throughout the world. Our 
scale and international supply chain allows us 
to offer the valvemaker an outsourced 
solution at a competitive price.

Positive performances were seen in the year 
from our businesses in Italy, The Netherlands 
and Spain. The market in India also improved 
as we strengthened our local manufacturing 
capabilities in the year. The establishment of 
our Indian Gears manufacturing plant has 
strengthened our international component 
supply chain.

Order intake ended the year ahead of 2012, 
up 5.1% in total, or 1.5% on an organic 
constant currency basis. Revenue increased 
by 6.0% to £56.0m resulting in the order 
book reducing by 0.9% during the year. 

However, without the positive impacts of 
Renfro and currency, revenue growth was 
2.2%. Adjusted* operating profit increased 
by 7.3% to £13.0m and the margin improved 
20 basis points to 23.1%. Whilst product mix 
was positive in the Italian factory it was 
negative in China but, by careful 
management of the cost base, net margins 
improved slightly. Currency and acquisitions 
were both slightly dilutive to adjusted 
operating margins, so with organic constant 
currency profit growth of 4.9%, the margin 
was 60 basis points higher at 23.5%.

Rotork Valvekits is our valve adaption 
business based in the UK. As part of our 
strategy to expand this product offering 
internationally, in August we acquired Renfro 
Associates Inc., a valve adaption and 
mounting business based in Broken Arrow 
(USA). This long established business has an 
excellent reputation for delivering high 
quality product and service to its customers 
and provides us with the opportunity to 
replicate our successful UK business model 
across the USA. 

During 2013 we expanded our manufacturing 
facilities in Shanghai and in Houston. The extra 
capacity in both locations will enable us to 
service the local markets more efficiently.  
2014 will see the completion of the new Leeds 
facility and the businesses there relocate into  
a modern manufacturing plant.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013  For the first time sales to third party customers accounted for over 80% of revenue, reflecting the success of our strategy of expanding our international sales presence and reducing reliance on intragroup sales.DaviD LittLejohnsMD RotoRk GeaRs 
business review – Gears

21

caSe Study
Rotork flow control equipment has been installed throughout a major water industry 
AMP5 environmental improvement project at a sewage treatment works serving 
Somerset’s largest tourist resort on the south west coast of the UK. Wessex Water has 
invested £26m at the site to achieve improved bathing water quality for the resort of 
Weston-super-Mare.

Rotork’s scope of supply for flow control in the project encompasses IQ multi-turn and 
IQT quarter-turn intelligent electric actuators and IB manual gearboxes for motorised and 
hand operated valves and penstocks throughout the new works.

opportunitieS

 ■  Valve adaption
 ■ New markets

Sales into the various oil & gas markets 
remained constant at 52% of Gears’ revenue 
this year but within this we saw growth in 
sales of subsea gearboxes. These heavily 
engineered gearboxes are manufactured in 
Italy close to the valvemakers. Like other 
divisions, we saw a reduction in sales into 
power but this was offset by growth in the 
water market.

In 2012 we created a new product 
introduction team dedicated to developing 
new products. During 2013 we brought to 
market a range of new products including 
two manual gearboxes and a motorised 
gearbox and we have continued to offer 
project specific subsea product solutions. A 
new multi-turn gearbox has been specifically 
designed to comply with GOST, a standard 
for valves in the oil, gas, power generation 
and utility industries throughout Russia and 
the neighbouring countries. We are 
continuing to invest in Research & 
Development in terms of recruiting additional 
engineers and in our testing capability to 
improve further our ability to bring new 
products to market. The new FB fire 
protection series of gearboxes also enables  
us to access a market that we have yet  
to address.

*  References to adjusted profit throughout this document are defined as the IFRS profit, whether operating profit or 

profit before tax, with £12.1m (2012: £7.4m) of amortisation of acquired intangibles added back.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
 
22

business review – instruments

Revenue (£m) 

+51.8%

2013

2012

2011

1.4

24.9

16.4

2010
Adjusted* Operating Profit (£m) 
2009

+53.5%

7.8

5.1

2013

2012

2011

0.4

2010

2009

The Instruments division was formed in late 
2011 and is Rotork’s vehicle to expand our 
addressable market beyond actuators into 
the wider flow control market. The division 
now comprises two companies both of 
which make products that measure or 
control flow and pressure. Rotork Fairchild, 
which is based in Winston-Salem (USA), 
manufactures precision pneumatic and 
electro-pneumatic control products whilst 
Soldo, based in Desenzano (Italy) is a 
switchbox manufacturer. These products can 
be used in conjunction with actuators but 
are also used in other end markets, further 
broadening our end market exposure as we 
implement our strategy of organic as well as 
acquisition-led growth.

With a first full year contribution from Soldo, 
revenue grew 51.8% to £24.9m, or 16.6% 
on a like-for-like basis. Investment in product 
development and the sales infrastructure 
continued through the year and the increase 
in revenue supported a 30 basis point rise in 
adjusted operating profit margin to 31.4%. 
The £7.8m adjusted* operating profit is 
53.5% higher than 2012 or 20.0% higher on 
an organic constant currency basis.

Rotork Fairchild experienced good growth in 
North America, Europe and Japan. Our 
strong performance in North America was 
due to the reorganisation and strengthening 
of the sales team, an improved trading 
environment and growth in the medical 
industry sales supported by a new product 
introduction. North Asia performed well with 

project successes in the tyre sector being one 
of the highlights. Our European sales were 
supported by customers there winning 
export projects around the world. Australia 
and Brazil are less well developed markets for 
Fairchild, with Brazil affected by a slower than 
expected pulp and paper industry. Both will 
be focus markets for the coming year. 

The Instruments division has the most 
diversified end market exposure of all 
Rotork’s divisions. 34% of sales are now into 
oil & gas and this has increased with the 
addition of Soldo which has a greater oil & 
gas focus than the Fairchild products. Water 
and power accounted for 5% between them 
with industrial and mining a further 18%. 
The balance fell into our “Other” category 
reflecting the fact that pneumatic control is 
used in a wide range of industries.

During the year we moved a number of 
offices to take advantage of improved 
facilities, foster closer working relationships 
with other divisions and control costs. We 
moved the Soldo USA office from Cincinnati 
to Winston-Salem, where it has been a 
successfully integrated into the Fairchild 
operation. In Brazil we moved Fairchild into 
the Rotork Sao Paulo facility and in China the 
Fairchild office in Chengdu moved to a new 
building where the Rotork sales team in 
Chengdu has now joined them. In 2014 we 
have already merged the Soldo Asia business 
into Rotork Singapore and will continue to 
look for similar opportunities in other parts of 
the world.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013  The first full year contribution from Soldo has provided a solid platform for growth for the Instruments division.AlAn PAineMD RotoRk instRuMents 
business review – instruments

23

caSe Study
Rotork Fairchild pressure regulators were selected for high accuracy research applications 
at the TRI Australasia facility near to Queensland’s Gold Coast. TRI Australasia offers 
highly specialised services including a range of geo-synthetic testing and quality 
assurance programmes for a multitude of industries.

The Fairchild Model 10 regulators have been installed on two processes where 
compressed air is used to check for the content of water retention within clay. Both 
processes demand highly accurate set point pressure supplies in order for the tests to 
maintain reliable results.

opportunitieS

 ■  Product development
 ■ New markets
 ■ Acquisitions

Rotork Instruments operates an asset-light 
business model and has outsourced the 
majority of component manufacture. 
Rotork’s international supply chain provides 
opportunities to support our ongoing 
material cost management programme. In 
2013 there were a number of products 
launched for Rotork Fairchild whereas the 
focus for Soldo was on integration. New 
products are currently under development in 
both companies and we will see several of 
these launched during 2014. 

There are further opportunities with both 
product lines to grow sales organically using 
the Rotork global sales offices. Whilst the 
route to market is typically not the same as 
the other divisions, being more distribution 
sales than project sales, the sales offices 
provide a base from which to enter a new 
territory. Growth will also be through 
acquisitions as we look to build the product 
portfolio with other devices used in flow 
control which share the same technologies, 
routes to market, customers or end markets. 

*  References to adjusted profit throughout this document are defined as the IFRS profit, whether operating profit or 

profit before tax, with £12.1m (2012: £7.4m) of amortisation of acquired intangibles added back.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
 
24

Financial review

 ■ Revenue growth of 13.0%
 ■ Operating* profit margin increased  

to 26.2%

 ■ Effective tax rate reduced from  

28.1% to 27.9%

 ■ Return on capital employed of 59.1%

Headline revenue grew by 13.0%, or £66.7m, 
to £578.4m, or by 6.3% on an organic 
constant currency basis. Our growth 
benefited from sterling weakening against 
most of the currencies important to Rotork, 
with £9.1m of the revenue increase the result 
of currency although this tailwind was 
significantly reduced in the second half of the 
year. Acquisitions were a further contributor 
to growth, with the four acquisitions made 
during 2013 and a full year contribution from 
Soldo, acquired in November 2012, adding 
£25.2m to revenue. 

Adjusted operating profit (stated before the 
amortisation of intangible assets) grew 
marginally ahead of the rate of revenue, 
increasing 14.8% to £151.4m, and delivering 
a margin of 26.2% compared with 25.8% in 
2012 with all divisions reporting improved 
margins. This 40 basis point improvement 
was the result of a 130 basis point 
improvement in margins in Fluid Systems, the 
division which grew revenue by the largest 
amount organically. Fluid Systems is our 
lowest margin division so this introduced a 
small divisional mix headwind but this was 
small compared with the improvement in 
Fluid Systems margins, as well as a small 
improvement in Controls’ and Gears’ organic 
constant currency margins. This year’s 
acquisitions, predominantly influenced by 
Schischek, were accretive to margins but the 
currency impact was dilutive, so removing the 
effect of both left Group margins slightly 
higher at 26.3%.

The net finance expense increased from 
£0.3m in 2012 to £1.3m mainly as a result of 
the introduction of the revised IAS19. The net 
interest charge in respect of the pension 
scheme liabilities increased by £0.8m in the 
year to £1.2m. We have updated the 
presentation of the 2012 expense but not 
restated the comparatives. If we had restated 
the cost would have been £0.6m higher at 
£1.0m and the increase in the year reduced 
to £0.2m.

Acquisitions
Rotork has grown through a combination of 
organic expansion and acquisitions. 
Acquisitions are made on the basis that they 
will provide a product we currently don’t 
have, improve our access to a geographic or 
end user market or some combination of 
these objectives. During the year we 
completed four acquisitions for a total 
consideration of £48.0m. Schischek, acquired 
in January 2013 for £35.0m, was the largest 
of these with the three other mid-year 
acquisitions of Flowco, GTA and Renfro 
costing a combined £13.0m. Taking all four 
acquisitions together, £24.2m of the 
consideration was attributed to intangible 
assets which will be amortised and £24.9m is 
goodwill which will be subject to an annual 
impairment review.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013  Jonathan DavisFinance DirectorIn 2013 we achieved record levels of order intake, revenue and profit and delivered an improved adjusted operating margin. Over the last ten-year period, compound annual organic revenue growth has now risen to 13.3%, or 15.6% including acquisitions. 
Financial review

Organic business growth

£m

Revenue 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 
Overheads 

2013 as 
reported

578.4
(304.0)

47.4%
21.2%   (123.0) 

274.4

Adjusted operating profit* 
Net finance expense 

26.2%

151.4 
(1.3)

Constant 
currency 
adjustment

2013 at 2012  

Remove  

exchange rates

acquisitions

(9.1)
6.7

(2.4)
1.4

(1.0)
–

569.3
(297.3)

47.8%
272.0
21.4% (121.6)

26.4%

150.4
(1.3)

(25.2)
11.9

(13.3)
6.0

(7.3)
–

(7.3)

Adjusted profit before tax* 

26.0%

150.1

(1.0)

26.2%

149.1

* Adjusted is before the amortisation of acquired intangible assets.

25

Organic business
at 2012
exchange rates

544.1
(285.4)

2012 as 
reported

511.7
(272.2)

47.6%
21.3%   (115.6) 

258.7

46.8%
21.0%   (107.6) 

239.5

26.3%

143.1 
(1.3)

25.8%

131.9
(0.3)

26.1%

141.8

25.7%

131.6

The increased number and value of 
acquisitions this year led to a rise in the 
amortisation charge related to acquired 
intangible assets to £12.1m (2012: £7.4m). 
With the acquisitions taking place throughout 
the year, and Soldo acquired in November 
2012, in order to adjust the income 
statement to show a like-for-like period for 
each acquisition, 2013 revenue has to be 
reduced by £25.2m and adjusted* operating 
profit by £7.3m. The profit margin in the 
acquired business was slightly accretive in 
aggregate, at 28.9%, with Schischek the key 
contributor to this.

Currency
The weakness of sterling in 2013 compared 
with 2012 resulted in a significant tailwind for 
our 2013 results. The tailwind was very much 
stronger in the first half of the year but 
sterling strengthened appreciably in the 
second half, particularly against the 
Australian dollar, Indian rupee and South 
African rand. Looking at the constant 
currency adjustment to revenue, of the £9.1m 
full year impact, £7.2m was felt in the first 
half with only the remaining £1.9m in the 
second half of the year. US dollar and related 
currencies represented around 40% of Group 
sales and are our largest non-sterling 
currency flows. The largest influence on the 
reduced second half currency tailwind was 

the US dollar moving from 3% stronger than 
sterling in the first half compared with 2012 
to only 1% stronger in the second half. The 
euro remained 4% stronger in both halves of 
the year and with a greater euro-
denominated sales base, Fluid Systems and 
Gears therefore benefited from the positive 
currency in the second half which Controls 
and Instruments did not.

These currency impacts were a mix of both 
translation and transaction and the £1.0m 
increase in operating profit was net of any 
cost / benefit of sourcing components from 
outside the respective factories’ home 
country. Whilst we manufacture and sell from 
offices based in 34 countries, with 19 
different currencies, and source components 
from a wide geographic footprint, the Group 
is still a net seller of euros and US dollars. It is 
the net sale of these currencies which we 
principally address through our hedging 
policy, covering up to 75% of trading 
transactions in the next 12 months and up to 
50% between 12 and 24 months. 

In order to estimate the impact of currency, 
at the current exchange rates we consider the 
effect of a 1 cent movement versus sterling. 
For the euro a 1 cent movement now results 
in a £325,000 adjustment to profit and for 
the US dollar a £450,000 adjustment.

Return on capital employed (ROCE)
Our asset-light business model and high 
profit margins mean Rotork generates high 
ROCE. Our definition of ROCE is based on 
adjusted* operating profit as a return on the 
average net assets excluding net cash and the 
pension scheme liability net of the related 
deferred tax. This means that as we make 
acquisitions our capital base grows with 
intangible assets and goodwill being 
recognised. During the year intangibles and 
goodwill increased by £37.2m in total which, 
after allowing for the related deferred tax, 
accounts for approximately half of the 
increase in capital employed which rose 
21.4% to £281.0m. As a result of this, ROCE 
reduced to 59.1% despite the improved profit 
margin and growth in revenue this year. 

Taxation
The Group’s effective tax rate fell from 28.1% 
to 27.9%. This is a blended rate from the 25 
countries in which we currently pay tax and is 
affected by the mix of where our taxable 
profits are generated, as well as changes to 
the tax rates within those jurisdictions. We 
continue to see a general reduction in the 
rate of corporation tax in a number of 
jurisdictions where we operate, including the 
UK. Our approach to tax continues to be to 
operate on the basis of full disclosure and 
co-operation with all tax authorities and, 
where possible, to mitigate the burden of tax 
within the local legislation.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
26

Financial review continued

 ■ 11.7% increase in total dividend
 ■ Dividend cover of 2.4
 ■ Control of working capital increases 

cash generation to 99.6%

 ■ £43.2m cash outflow on acquisitions

Cash generation
The cash balance finished the year at 
£68.9m, £9.0m higher than the start of the 
year. The three largest categories of cash 
expenditure were: £43.2m on acquisitions, 
£39.9m of tax paid and £38.7m of dividends 
paid. These were all higher than the previous 
year but the higher value of acquisitions, 
more than double the £20.7m spent in 2012, 
represented the largest increase. Capital 
expenditure of £10.4m was £2.2m lower 
than the prior year, partly due to rescheduling 
of the investment in the new Leeds factory, 
with the majority of the fit out spend 
deferred to 2014. 

Credit management
The Group’s credit risk is primarily 
attributable to trade receivables, with the risk 
spread over a large number of countries and 
customers, and no significant concentration 
of risk. Credit worthiness checks are 
undertaken before entering into contracts or 
commencing trade with new customers. The 
majority of our trade receivables are insured, 
so the authorisation process operates in 
conjunction with the insurer, taking 
advantage of their market intelligence. 
Where appropriate, we use trade finance 
instruments such as letters of credit to 
mitigate any identified risk.

Our cash generation key performance 
indicator, which compares operating cash 
generation with adjusted operating profit, 
improved again this year to 99.6% (2012: 
95.4%). Control of working capital is key to 
improving this measure and working capital 
has reduced as a function of revenue in the 
year despite a weighting of revenue to the 
fourth quarter. Inventory, trade receivables 
and trade payables have all reduced as a 
function of revenue with net working capital 
as a whole falling from 25.5% of revenue to 
24.7%. We measure our performance for 
trade receivable collections using days’ sales 
outstanding and have reduced this a further 
day this year to 56 days. 

Treasury
The Group operates a centralised treasury 
function managed by a Treasury Committee 
chaired by me and also comprising the Chief 
Executive, Group Legal Director, Group 
Financial Controller and Group Treasurer.  
The Committee meets regularly to consider 
foreign currency exposure, control over 
deposits, funding requirements and cash 
management. The Group Treasurer monitors 
compliance with the treasury policies and is 
responsible for overseeing all the Group’s 
banking relationships. A Subsidiary Treasury 
Policy restricts the actions subsidiaries can 
take and the Group Treasury Policy and Terms 
of Reference define the responsibilities of the 
Group Treasurer and Treasury Committee. 

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013   
Financial review continued

27

30.0p

final dividend

The Group uses financial instruments where 
appropriate to hedge significant currency 
transactions, principally forward exchange 
contracts and swaps. These financial 
instruments are used to reduce volatility 
which might affect the Group’s cash or 
income statement. In assessing the level of 
cash flows to hedge with forward exchange 
contracts, the maximum cover taken is 75% 
of forecast flows. The Board receives monthly 
treasury reports which summarise the 
Group’s foreign currency hedging position, 
distribution of cash balances and any 
significant changes to banking relationships.

In January 2013 we established a £15m one 
year committed facility in order to part-
finance the acquisition of Schischek and in 
January 2014 extended this for a further 
twelve months. This facility is in place to 
provide flexibility regarding the location of 
cash deposits and timing of receipts, and is in 
addition to uncommitted overdraft facilities 
the Group has in a number of countries.

Dividends
The Board is proposing a 12.8% increase in 
the final dividend to 30.0p per share. When 
taken together with the 18.05p interim 
dividend paid in September, this represents a 
11.7% increase in dividends over the prior 
year. This gives dividend cover of 2.4 times 
(2012: 2.4 times). Our dividend policy is to 
grow the core dividends generally in line with 
earnings and supplement core dividends with 
additional dividends when the Board 
considers it appropriate to do so.

Retirement benefits
The Group accounts for post-retirement 
benefits in accordance with IAS19, Employee 
Benefits. The balance sheet reflects the net 
deficit on these schemes at 31 December 
2013 based on the market value of the assets 
at that date, and the valuation of liabilities 
using year end AA corporate bond yields. We 
have closed both the main defined benefit 
pension schemes to new entrants; the UK 
scheme in 2003 and the US one in 2009, in 
order to reduce the risk of volatility of the 
Group’s liabilities.

The most recent triennial valuation for the UK 
scheme took place as at 31 March 2013 and 
was adversely affected by the lower yield on 
long-dated gilts at that date, which is the key 
driver behind the value of the scheme’s 
liabilities. As a result, despite better than 
expected investment returns and the agreed 
past deficit contributions, the funding level 
was lower than at the previous valuation.  
A recovery plan has been agreed with the 
Trustees which will see past service 
contributions from the Company of £5.2m 
during 2014, £5.5m in 2015 and £5.5m in 
2016, at which time the next valuation will 
take place.

At 31 December 2013, some of the adverse 
impact of the lower gilt yields had reversed. 
As a consequence the IAS19 deficit was 
£20.2m, an 87% funding level which 
compares with an 81% funding level at the 
start of the financial year.

* References to adjusted profit throughout this document 
are defined as the IFRS profit, whether operating profit 
or profit before tax, with £12.1m (2012: £7.4m) of 
amortisation of acquired intangibles added back.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
28

key performance indicators

Financial kpis
Growth of the business, quality of earnings and efficient use of resources are crucial 
target areas for Rotork and we employ a number of performance measures throughout 
Rotork to monitor them. The KPIs used to monitor the financial performance of the 
business are set out below.

SaleS revenue GrowtH

return on SaleS

13.0%

26.0%

caSH Generation

99.6%

17.7

14.3

13.0

26.0 26.2 26.0 25.7 26.0

117.1

10.4

7.6

return on capital eMployed

59.1%

88.7 90.3

95.7 89.6 95.4

99.6

74.0

61.9

59.1

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Reasons for choice
This is reported in detail for 
operating segments and is a key 
driver for the business to track 
our overall success in specific 
project activity and our progress 
in increasing our market share by 
product and by region.

Reasons for choice
This measure brings together the 
combined effects of 
procurement costs and pricing as 
well as the leverage of our 
operating assets. It is also a 
check on the quality of revenue 
growth but is heavily influenced 
by divisional mix.

Reasons for choice
This is used as a measure of 
performance where a target of 
85% is regarded as a base level 
of achievement. Cash generation 
is also one of the constituent 
parts of the senior management 
reward system.

Reasons for choice
Rotork has an asset-light business 
model by design and reporting 
this ratio internally helps 
management at Group level 
monitor our adherence to this 
philosophy.

How we calculate
Increase in sales revenue year on 
year divided by prior year sales 
revenue.

How we calculate
Adjusted* profit before tax (after 
financing and interest) shown as 
a percentage of sales revenue.

How we calculate
Cash flow from operating 
activities before tax outflows and 
the pension charge to cash 
adjustment as a percentage of 
adjusted operating profit*.

Comments on results
We grew revenue by 13.0% with 
some markets making progress 
in the year and some going 
backwards. This varied pattern is 
typical of Rotork’s markets and 
our ability to grow despite areas 
of weakness is one of the 
benefits of our diverse 
geographic and end market 
exposure.

Comments on results
The improvement in this measure 
reflects the further improvement 
in Fluid Systems margins as well 
as improvements in Controls, 
both of which are the result of 
lower material costs. This more 
than offsets higher finance 
charges related to defined 
benefit pension schemes.

Comments on results
Working capital as a function  
of revenue has reduced from 
25.5% in 2012 to 24.7%, and  
as a result operating cash 
conversion improved this year.

*  References to adjusted profit throughout this document are defined as the IFRS profit, 

whether operating profit or profit before tax, with £12.1m (2012: £7.4m) of amortisation 
of acquired intangibles added back.

How we calculate
Adjusted* operating profit as a 
percentage of average capital 
employed. Capital employed is 
defined as shareholders’ funds 
less net cash held, with the 
pension fund deficit net of 
related deferred tax asset added 
back. The calculation is shown 
on page 113.

Comments on results
Average capital employed rose 
by 20% due to the 2012 and 
2013 acquisitions, whose value 
on our balance sheet includes 
the intangible assets associated 
with their acquisition. This KPI 
remains at sector-leading levels.

Reasons for choice

Reasons for choice

Reasons for choice

Reasons for choice

The measurement of earnings 

The Accident Frequency Rate 

This KPI has been introduced in 

The survey as a whole enabled 

per share (EPS) reflects all aspects 

(AFR) is used as one measure of 

2013 and compares this year’s 

the Group to get feedback from 

of the income statement 

the effectiveness of our health 

carbon emissions stated as a 

across the business on how we 

including management of the 

and safety procedures.

function of revenue with last 

relate to our employees and 

Group’s tax rate.

year’s. This KPI replaces waste 

what we can do better.

recycling as it represents a 

broader measure of our impact 

on the environment.

How we calculate

How we calculate

How we calculate

How we calculate

Increase in adjusted* basic EPS 

The formula we have used for 

Energy usage data (scope 1 

Employees scored their responses 

(based on adjusted profit after 

calculating our AFR is the 

and 2) is collected and converted 

directly into a prepared survey 

tax) year on year divided by the 

number of reportable injuries 

to equivalent tonnes of CO2  

with one being very dissatisfied 

prior year adjusted basic EPS.

divided by the number of hours 

and then reported as a function 

and five being very satisfied.

worked, multiplied by 100,000.

of revenue. Further detail is 

contained in the Corporate and 

Social Responsibility report.

Comments on results

Comments on results

Comments on results

Comments on results

The lower tax rate in the UK and 

This is the best result since we 

This year we have introduced this 

The response rate for the survey 

the international mix of where 

started using this measure and 

new KPI and a number of 

increased a further 2% to 79% 

our profits were generated led to 

reflects a return on the 

initiatives around the world have 

and the overall score was slightly 

a further reduction in the 

investment in training and safety 

generated a reduction.

effective tax rate and therefore 

audits which have taken place in 

EPS growth ahead of the 

underlying profit growth.

recent years.

higher than last year. The 

individual questions relating to 

the belief that we strive to 

improve our products, that 

employees are satisfied with the 

Company’s values and are proud 

of our charitable activities 

showed the greatest 

improvement.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013   
key performance indicators

29

Non-financial KPIs
We monitor non-financial areas in our businesses particularly in the environmental,  
health and safety and quality control areas, and we place strong emphasis within our 
organisation on improving our performance here.

earninGS per SHare GrowtH 

accident FreQuency rate

carbon eMiSSionS

eMployee SatiSFaction

14.3%

18.8

17.5

9.6

0.33

0.57

13.6 14.3

0.46 0.46

0.38

0.33

0.0

0.0

-7.1%

3.6

0.0

3.5

3.5

3.5

3.6

3.6

0.0

-7.1

Reasons for choice

Reasons for choice

Reasons for choice

Reasons for choice

This is reported in detail for 

This measure brings together the 

This is used as a measure of 

Rotork has an asset-light business 

operating segments and is a key 

combined effects of 

performance where a target of 

model by design and reporting 

driver for the business to track 

procurement costs and pricing as 

85% is regarded as a base level 

this ratio internally helps 

our overall success in specific 

well as the leverage of our 

of achievement. Cash generation 

management at Group level 

project activity and our progress 

operating assets. It is also a 

is also one of the constituent 

monitor our adherence to this 

in increasing our market share by 

check on the quality of revenue 

parts of the senior management 

philosophy.

product and by region.

growth but is heavily influenced 

reward system.

by divisional mix.

How we calculate

How we calculate

How we calculate

How we calculate

Increase in sales revenue year on 

Adjusted* profit before tax (after 

Cash flow from operating 

Adjusted* operating profit as a 

year divided by prior year sales 

financing and interest) shown as 

activities before tax outflows and 

percentage of average capital 

revenue.

a percentage of sales revenue.

the pension charge to cash 

employed. Capital employed is 

adjustment as a percentage of 

defined as shareholders’ funds 

adjusted operating profit*.

less net cash held, with the 

pension fund deficit net of 

related deferred tax asset added 

back. The calculation is shown 

on page 113.

Comments on results

Comments on results

Comments on results

Comments on results

We grew revenue by 13.0% with 

The improvement in this measure 

Working capital as a function  

Average capital employed rose 

some markets making progress 

reflects the further improvement 

of revenue has reduced from 

by 20% due to the 2012 and 

in the year and some going 

in Fluid Systems margins as well 

25.5% in 2012 to 24.7%, and  

2013 acquisitions, whose value 

backwards. This varied pattern is 

as improvements in Controls, 

as a result operating cash 

on our balance sheet includes 

typical of Rotork’s markets and 

both of which are the result of 

conversion improved this year.

the intangible assets associated 

with their acquisition. This KPI 

remains at sector-leading levels.

our ability to grow despite areas 

lower material costs. This more 

of weakness is one of the 

benefits of our diverse 

than offsets higher finance 

charges related to defined 

geographic and end market 

benefit pension schemes.

exposure.

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Reasons for choice
The measurement of earnings 
per share (EPS) reflects all aspects 
of the income statement 
including management of the 
Group’s tax rate.

Reasons for choice
The Accident Frequency Rate 
(AFR) is used as one measure of 
the effectiveness of our health 
and safety procedures.

How we calculate
Increase in adjusted* basic EPS 
(based on adjusted profit after 
tax) year on year divided by the 
prior year adjusted basic EPS.

How we calculate
The formula we have used for 
calculating our AFR is the 
number of reportable injuries 
divided by the number of hours 
worked, multiplied by 100,000.

Comments on results
The lower tax rate in the UK and 
the international mix of where 
our profits were generated led to 
a further reduction in the 
effective tax rate and therefore 
EPS growth ahead of the 
underlying profit growth.

Comments on results
This is the best result since we 
started using this measure and 
reflects a return on the 
investment in training and safety 
audits which have taken place in 
recent years.

Reasons for choice
This KPI has been introduced in 
2013 and compares this year’s 
carbon emissions stated as a 
function of revenue with last 
year’s. This KPI replaces waste 
recycling as it represents a 
broader measure of our impact 
on the environment.

How we calculate
Energy usage data (scope 1 
and 2) is collected and converted 
to equivalent tonnes of CO2  
and then reported as a function 
of revenue. Further detail is 
contained in the Corporate and 
Social Responsibility report.

Comments on results
This year we have introduced this 
new KPI and a number of 
initiatives around the world have 
generated a reduction.

Reasons for choice
The survey as a whole enabled 
the Group to get feedback from 
across the business on how we 
relate to our employees and 
what we can do better.

How we calculate
Employees scored their responses 
directly into a prepared survey 
with one being very dissatisfied 
and five being very satisfied.

Comments on results
The response rate for the survey 
increased a further 2% to 79% 
and the overall score was slightly 
higher than last year. The 
individual questions relating to 
the belief that we strive to 
improve our products, that 
employees are satisfied with the 
Company’s values and are proud 
of our charitable activities 
showed the greatest 
improvement.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
30

How we manage risk

Overall responsibility  for maintaining the  risk 
management  process and  determining risk  appetite.

Audit Committee  provides oversight of the 
internal  control framework.

Executive and senior  management 
consider  risk management for  the 
Group as a whole.

Detailed risk  assessment 
and  consideration of 
 mitigation is carried  out  
at the divisional  level.

Managing business risks
The assessment and management of risk is 
the responsibility of the Board, and the 
development and execution of a 
comprehensive and robust system of risk 
management is a high priority in Rotork. 
Managing the risks to our business is 
essential to the long-term success and 
sustainability of the Group and our approach 
to risk is intended to protect the interest of 
shareholders and all interested parties. The 
risk management process is an established 
way of identifying and managing risk, first at 
divisional board level, and then for the Group 
as a whole and it works within our 
governance framework set out in our 
corporate governance report, see pages 46 
to 55.

The Board’s role in risk management involves 
promoting a culture that emphasises integrity 
at all levels of business operations. This 
includes ensuring that risk management is 
embedded within the core processes of the 
Group, determining the principal risks, 
communicating these effectively across the 
businesses and setting the overall policies for 
risk management and control. The 
geographic spread of our activities makes 
communication of these policies and 
standards a key part of ensuring consistency 
across all of our operations.

The Finance Director is responsible for risk 
management within the Group and leads the 
development of the risk management 
process and the tools used. The Board 
approves risk appetite for the Group and 
considers the consequential actions in terms 
of mitigation where possible and appropriate. 

Determining risk appetite
The Board is responsible for determining the 
nature and extent of the risks it is willing to 
take in achieving its strategic objectives. This 
risk appetite is not only considered during the 
risk review meetings but also during a 
number of other Board discussions during the 
year. These include strategy discussions, 
consideration of insurance coverage, setting 
of scope and timing of the internal audit and 
health and safety audit programmes and 
amendments to Group policies and 
procedures in areas such as whistleblowing 
and bribery and corruption. The 
remuneration committee of the Board 
considers risks related to staff retention and 
the nomination committee the risks around 
succession planning. In addition where 
specific risks are identified during the year 
these are identified in the written reports 
received by the Board each month. 

Risk management process
The major risks affecting the Group are first 
identified and considered by the divisional 
boards during their regular meetings. Once a 
risk has been identified, it is allocated to one 
of the directors to ensure the risk is 
appropriately considered and the risk is 
managed. Risks are categorised on a matrix 
reflecting likelihood and impact on the 
business. The assessment of likelihood is 
considered after allowing for the effect of 
mitigation whilst the impact is measured 
before allowing for mitigation such as 
insurance recoveries. The impact scale is 
determined as a function of annual profit so 
that each division has an appropriate 
benchmark. Once the assessment matrix is 
completed by each division, the risks are then 
aggregated and re-evaluated in relation to 
the Group as a whole using an appropriate 
Group impact scale. 

Identified risks are discussed and the progress 
reviewed at both Rotork Management Board 
and divisional board meetings during the 
year. Senior management, in association with 
the full Board of Directors, meets twice a year 
to consider the Group risk matrix and 
progress with mitigating actions. The external 
Auditor is invited to attend one of the 
meetings each year.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013   
How we manage risk

31

Identify and assess 
individual risks

Consider the overall 
effectiveness of the 
control environment

Review previously 
identified risks and 
the effectiveness 
of mitigation

Report any incidence 
of control failings

Design of controls to 
mitigate identified risks

Test the controls 
through management 
review and internal audit

The risks considered during the process  
cover all aspects of the Group’s activities and 
cover a far wider range of areas including 
environmental, reputational and ethical risks 
as well as product, competitor or financial 
risks, but not all of these areas are 
represented in the top 10 risks which  
are listed on pages 32 to 33. These are 
categorised by the three main risk areas 
identified Mitigation, where possible, and  
is shown for each risk area identified.

Key Risks Identified

This is an ongoing process involving regular 
assessment of the risks, with clear and 
consistent procedures for monitoring, 
updating and implementing appropriate 
controls to manage the identified risks.  
We are therefore confident that we have a 
methodology for ensuring that the Group’s 
approach to dealing with individual risks is 
robust and timely.

Classification of key risks
We identify three main risk types:

Strategic – Risks that potentially could affect 
the strategic aims of the business, or those 
issues that could affect the strategic 
objectives that the Group is addressing;

Operational – Risks arising out of the 
operational activities of the Group relating to 
areas such as logistics, procurement, product 
development and interaction with 
commercial partners; and

Financial – Issues that could affect the 
finances of the business both externally from 
matters initially outside of our control, and 
from the perspective of internal controls  
and processes.

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k

i
l

i

g
n
s
a
e
r
c
n

I

Increasing impact on Rotork

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
 
32

principal risks and uncertainties

STRATEGIC RISKS

Description

Potential Impact

Mitigation

Competition on price as 
a result of an existing 
competitor moving to 
manufacture in a lower 
cost area of the world.

Not having the 
appropriate products, 
either in terms of 
features or costs.

Lower investment in 
Rotork’s traditional 
market sectors.

Where a competitor decides to use cost 
savings to reduce their selling prices, this 
could lead to a reduction in the general 
market price. Rotork might need to 
respond to a change in market price 
levels whilst still maintaining the price 
premium currently enjoyed for some 
products.

In order to be able to compete on a 
project, our products must meet both 
the necessary specification and pricing 
level. A failure on either count could 
harm our competitive position and result 
in us not winning the project.

A reduction in capital or maintenance 
expenditure in one of Rotork’s key 
market sectors would result in a smaller 
addressable market, which in turn could 
lead to a reduction in revenue from that 
sector.

Rotork already has a direct presence, in terms of production, sales and 
service support, in many low cost locations and regularly reviews 
opportunities in other countries. There is a constant drive to maintain 
differentiation from the competition both in terms of the quality of 
our products and of the service we provide and thus ensure that price 
is not the only means of gaining a competitive advantage.

Development of products, or acquisition of companies with those 
products, to meet required specifications and broaden our product 
portfolio is an ongoing activity as is the drive to take cost out of our 
products to meet target pricing levels.

Identification of potential new end markets or ones which are 
becoming more active takes place in each location and is coordinated 
at divisional level. This is supported by product development and 
innovation to address new markets and new applications in existing 
markets. At a Group level our geographic and end market 
diversification provides resilience to a reduction in any one area  
or market.

STRATEGIC

OPERATIONAL

MITIGATION

FINANCIAL

DESIGN OF 
CONTROLS

FORMING A 
CONCLUSION

REVIEWING 
IDENTIFIED RISKS

TESTING THE 
CONTROLS 

IDENTIFICATION 
AND REGULAR 
ASSESSMENT

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013   
principal risks and uncertainties

33

OPERATIONAL RISKS

Description

Potential Impact

Mitigation

Major in field product 
failure arising from a 
component defect or 
warranty issue which 
might require a product 
recall.

Failure of a key supplier 
or a tooling failure at a 
supplier causing 
disruption to planned 
manufacturing.

Failure of an acquisition 
to deliver the growth or 
synergies anticipated, 
due to incorrect 
assumptions or changing 
market conditions, or 
failure to integrate an 
acquisition to ensure 
compliance with Rotork’s 
policies and procedures.

Failure of IT security 
systems to prevent 
penetration by 
unauthorised people and 
access to commercially 
sensitive data.

FINANCIAL RISKS

Replacement of defective components 
or complete units would give rise to a 
direct financial cost and there could also 
be a reputational risk. 

A comprehensive set of quality control procedures operates over 
suppliers. These include supplier visits, audits and a scorecard system 
to measure their performance. In some markets legislation determines 
that this risk is entirely passed to the end user. Our global service 
coverage ensures that any product failure issues could be dealt with 
quickly and efficiently to minimise any reputational impact.

Where customer delivery expectations 
are not met, this could lead to financial 
penalties and damage customer 
relationships.

Dual sourcing for key components wherever possible provides the best 
mitigation for key suppliers with regular monitoring and replacement 
of tooling at all suppliers. Inventory levels are maintained at a sufficient 
level to protect against short-term disruption.

Whilst growth opportunities, cost 
savings and synergies are identified prior 
to completion, these may not always be 
delivered at the levels anticipated or to 
the timetable expected following the 
acquisition.

During the due diligence process a 100 day plan is prepared to 
manage the important initial stages of integration. Consideration is 
given to the composition and skills of the management team with the 
necessary training and support provided by a variety of Rotork 
personnel. This should ensure an effective integration and 
communication of Rotork’s policies and procedures, whilst monitoring 
delivery of the financial plan.

Rotork has a range of measures in place to monitor and mitigate  
this risk.

Sensitive data is stored and transmitted 
electronically around the world. The 
Group is therefore exposed to the risk  
of data loss by cyber attack. This  
data might contain technically or 
commercially sensitive information 
which would provide a competitor  
with an advantage.

Description

Potential Impact

Mitigation

Volatility of exchange 
rates would impact 
Rotork’s reported results 
and competitive position.

Significant fluctuations in exchange 
rates could have an adverse impact on 
Rotork’s reported results and adversely 
affect the pricing point of our products 
in other currencies.

A clear treasury hedging policy addresses short-term risk and this 
works together with the natural hedging provided by the geographical 
spread of operations, sourcing and customers. Whilst this will protect 
against some of the transaction exposure our reported results would 
still be impacted by the translation of our non-UK operations.

Political instability in a 
key end market.

Growth of the defined 
benefit pension scheme 
deficit.

Disruption of normal business activity 
would impact our sales in that country 
and might ultimately lead to loss of any 
assets located in that country as well.

The amount of the deficit may be 
adversely affected by a number of 
factors including investment returns, 
long term interest rates, price inflation 
and members’ longevity. This in turn 
might lead to a requirement for the 
Company to increase cash contributions 
to the schemes.

The wide geographic spread of Rotork’s operations and customers 
diminishes the impact of any one market on the results of the Group 
as a whole.

Both defined benefit schemes are closed to new members, with the 
UK scheme closed in January 2003. The Group and trustees monitor 
the performance of the scheme regularly, taking actuarial and 
investment advice as appropriate. The results of these reviews are 
discussed by the Board.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
34

corporate social responsibility

wHy doeS corporate Social 
reSponSibility (cSr) Matter  
to tHe Group?
The Group believes that responsible business 
is the best business. It can benefit our 
operational effectiveness, develop our 
industry leading products, grow our business 
and build on the trust of our stakeholders. 
Sustainability lies at the heart of the Group’s 
commitment to social responsibility and it 
represents a valuable opportunity to ensure 
that the Group continues to be successful in 
the long term. For these reasons, the Group 
endeavours to entrench CSR across all its 
processes and ways of working.

The Group’s approach to CSR is focused 
around four main themes:

THE ENvIRONMENT
The environmental programme, described in 
more detail on pages 35 to 37, benefits the 
Group in a number of ways including ensuring 
compliance with legal requirements in all 
territories in which the Group operates, 
achieving cost savings by reducing waste and 
resource consumption, and reducing emissions 
which contributes to sustaining the 
environments in which the Group operates. 

ETHICS AND vALUES
The Group looks to conduct business in an 
honest and ethical manner at all times. High 
standards of ethics and values are important 
to the Group because they help to foster an 
open and honest culture which contributes to 
the effectiveness of our people, allowing us 
to attract, motivate and retain talent, build 
on the trust of our stakeholders and to 
enhance and protect our reputation. 
Furthermore, behaving ethically and honestly, 
for example by taking a zero tolerance 
approach to bribery and corruption, 
contributes to improving standards in 
markets around the world which will help 
nurture and grow these markets. More 
details of the Group’s ethics and values can 
be found on pages 37 to 39. 

HEALTH AND SAFETy
The Group’s employees are essential to the 
success of the business. Providing a safe 
working environment is paramount and by 
ensuring our people are safe we enhance the 
effectiveness of our workforce by mitigating 
the risk of injury and reducing costs 
associated with employee illness or injury. 
The Group’s approach to health and safety 
can be found on pages 39 to 40.

COMMUNITy INvOLvEMENT
The Group’s asset-light business model 
means that we do not significantly disrupt 
local communities where we are based. 
Nevertheless, we recognise that we operate 
in a wide number of territories around the 
world and that our operations have some 
impact on the communities within these 
territories. Furthermore, the Group’s 
employees, customers and suppliers are often 
members of these communities and normally 
these businesses are run by local people. A 
product of this engagement is to ensure that 
the Group continues to be welcomed in the 
communities we work in and this contributes 
to the sustainability of our operations. Local 
causes are supported through each location 
having its own charity committee focused on 
its local community. More details on 
community involvement can be found on 
pages 40 to 41.

The Group recognises that shareholders are 
becoming increasingly focused on CSR issues 
and take into account the Guidelines on 
Social Responsibility issued by the Association 
of British Insurers. The Group has been a 
member of the UN Global Compact since 
2003 and continues to be included in the 
FTSE4Good index where we maintain an 
above average score in the global rankings, 
UK rankings and industry sector rankings. 

The Oromia region of Ethiopia, in the Jeldu district. 
Photographer credit: David Balhuizen, Belu/WaterAid.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013  The Group believes that responsible business is the best business. It can benefit our operational effectiveness, develop our industry leading products, grow our business and build on the trust of our stakeholders. 
corporate social responsibility

35

The Group believes that the approach it takes 
to CSR, as set out in this report, helps to 
meet the expectations of our stakeholders 
and contributes to the success of our 
corporate strategy by promoting an effective 
and sustainable business.

The Chief Executive chairs the CSR 
Committee and reports progress to the 
Board. The CSR Committee is a management 
committee, which has four sub-committees 
with each representing one of the aspects of 
CSR described opposite. Presentations are 
given by the Chairmen of the four sub-
committees to the Board on activity and 
progress in their areas of CSR during the year.

The diagram above sets out our CSR structure.

proGreSS, perForMance and tarGetS
THE ENvIRONMENT 
Overview
Policies, procedures and systems are in place 
to eliminate, reduce or control our 
operational impact on the environment and 
to ensure compliance with all relevant 
legislation. Legal compliance audits, 
measurement and monitoring are carried out 
to ensure policies are followed and systems 
are effective in managing these impacts. 
Training is provided to enable employees to 
carry out their duties without risk to 
themselves, others or the environment. 

The Group considers environmental risks but 
given the Group’s business model, considers 
the overall risk to the environment from the 
Group’s activities to be relatively low. The 
Group notes the following operational risks:
 ■ EU Registration, Evaluation and 

Authorisation of Chemicals (REACH) 
legislation. As a downstream user, the 
Group relies on the manufacturers of 
chemicals and preparations for continuing 
availability of its products. We 
continuously monitor the chemicals and 
preparations used; and

 ■ EU Restriction of Hazardous Substances in 

Electrical and Electronic Equipment 
Directive (RoHS 2). The Group’s electronic 
products will need to comply with RoHS 2 
by 2017. We are evaluating our products, 
systems and procedures in light of RoHS 2 
and taking action as necessary to ensure 
compliance.

Features of the Group’s legal compliance 
activities include:
 ■ Mandatory carbon reporting, Rotork’s 
scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions, through 
energy use have been independently 
assessed. For further details please see the 
Greenhouse Gases Reporting section of 
this report, on page 37;

 ■ Waste Packaging (Producers’ Obligation) 
Regulation 2007, Rotork is a member of 
the Clarity compliance scheme;

 ■ Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment 
Regulations 2006, Rotork is a member of 
the Clarity-WEEE compliance scheme;

 ■ Waste Battery and Accumulator 

Regulations 2009, Rotork is registered  
as a small battery producer; and
 ■ Use of licensed waste carriers for the 

removal of all types of waste from Rotork 
facilities.

Group Environmental Policy and 
Procedures
The Group’s environmental policy applies to 
the Company and all its subsidiaries 
worldwide. The policy includes commitments 
to the prevention of pollution, compliance 
with all relevant legal and regulatory 
requirements, search for opportunities to 
reduce energy and to the continuous 
improvement of environmental performance. 
The Group’s environmental policy can be 
found at www.rotork.com in the 
Investors’ section under Corporate 
Responsibility – Environment. 

Separate policies define the Company’s 
expectations on a number of environmental 
issues such as recycling, water use and 
energy consumption. Some Rotork 
businesses, which operate in regions that 
have fewer environmental facilities available 
(for example, recycling facilities), can present 
challenges but it is Rotork’s expectation that 
our environmental policies are implemented 
consistently across the Group.

Operational control procedures are in place 
to manage a wide number of environmental 
activities such as the generation and disposal 
of hazardous waste, storage and use of oil 
and volatile organic compounds (VOC), or 
the maintenance of air conditioning 
equipment. Where necessary, emergency 
plans are produced and appropriately 
communicated to manage and control 
potential incidents which may pollute,  
such as oil spills. 

Systems are in place to monitor environmental 
performance across the Group. This report 
sets out performance summaries of:
 ■ Energy consumption;
 ■ Waste generation and recycling (including 

hazardous waste); and

 ■ Water consumption.

Data on VOC and refrigerants (HFC) is also 
recorded and reported in the Environmental 
Report, available from the Investors’ Section 
of the Rotork website under Corporate Social 
Responsibility – Environment. An update on 
Group environmental performance is given at 
quarterly CSR Committee meetings where 
actions are documented and progress 
reviewed at the next meeting. This year’s 
report encompasses more data than before 
due to additional locations, including recent 
acquisitions.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
36

corporate social responsibility continued

Waste Generation and Recycling 
Waste generation includes packaging waste 
(card, wood and plastic), metal waste (ferrous 
and non-ferrous), hazardous materials (paint 
waste, oils and adhesives), batteries and 
waste electrical electronic equipment (WEEE).

The Group’s policy is to recycle where 
possible. We have installed recycling 
equipment (such as balers and wood 
crushers) at a number of the high volume 
locations. To ensure suppliers also play their 
part we have introduced our own minimum 
packaging requirements for suppliers.

2013 Waste Generation and Recycling 
Performance Summary 
 ■ Waste generation decreased and, 
consequently, recycling decreased.

 ■ The percentage of recycled waste against 
total waste generated decreased against 
2012 results.

A detailed report is available in the 2013 
Environmental Report.

Water Consumption
Water consumption is measured across the 
Group. For the majority of Rotork locations 
water consumption derives from normal 
operation and sanitary use. Exceptions to this 
include our facilities in Winston-Salem (USA), 
Bangalore and Chennai (India), Shanghai 
(China), Bath (UK) and Lucca (Italy), where 
processes involving the use of water are in 
operation.

2013 Water Consumption Performance 
Summary
On a like-for-like basis water consumption in 
2013 fell by 11% compared to 2012. With the 
inclusion of new reporting companies the 
overall water consumption increased 1%. 

A more detailed report of environmental 
performance for the year ending 31 
December 2013 will be given in the 
Environmental Report, published on the 
Rotork website in April 2014. A copy of the 
Environmental Report containing 2012 
performance data can be found at  
www.rotork.com in the Investors’ section 
under Corporate Social Responsibility – 
Environment.

Progress
Energy Consumption
The Group operates an assembly only 
philosophy in all but five of its business units 
and we rely on specialist suppliers for most of 
our manufactured components and 
assemblies. In all facilities energy is used for  
IT systems, lighting, heating and cooling. 
Exceptions are the Group’s operations in 
Losser (The Netherlands), Falun (Sweden), 
Mansfield (UK) and Winston-Salem and 
Broken Arrow (USA) where some machine 
processes are in operation. In other locations 
test equipment is used to ensure the product 
meets customer operational requirements 
which can consume large amounts of energy 
for short periods of time when in use.

Consumption of electricity, gas and steam is 
calculated using utility invoices. Liquid 
petroleum gas (LPG) and oil is calculated 
using sales invoices.  

2013 Energy Consumption Performance 
Summary and 2014 Targets
 ■ On a like for like basis, energy 

consumption increased 4.73% compared 
with 2012, slightly below the rate of 
organic revenue increase. With the 
inclusion of new reporting companies this 
year, the overall increase was 8.68%.
 ■ New acquisitions in USA, Germany, Italy 
and the new head office in the UK 
accounted for 3.77% of the increase. 
There were also increases in business 
activity with small fluctuations in climate 
conditions at some facilities also 
contributing to the increase.

Rotork has made a special donation to “One bike, a 
thousand hopes 2013” campaign in memory of Mauro 
Talini, the brother of an employee in Lucca, Italy. 

Employees from Rotork’s Calgary office generously 
donated time to help clean-up homes that were 
devastated in the Alberta, Canada flooding.

A group of 15 Houston, USA employees donned capes 
and masks, and participated in a 5K race to benefit 
Court Appointed Special Advocates for children. 

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013   
corporate social responsibility continued

37

Greenhouse Gases Reporting
Mandatory Greenhouse Gases Emissions 
Reporting
During 2013, a Group KPI measuring the 
Group’s Scope 1 and 2 emissions was 
introduced and is measured against turnover. 
During 2013, the Group’s Scope 1 and 2 
emissions decreased by 7.1% per million 
pounds of turnover. More details regarding 
this KPI can be found on page 29.

The table below shows the Group’s 
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions data in 
tonnes for the last two financial years. 

Emissions (tonnes)

2013

2012

Scope 1 (i)
Scope 2 (ii)
Scope 3 (iii)

5,024
5,317
2,284

4,448
5,396
2,044

(i)  The Group’s Scope 1 GHG emissions are derived from 
the consumption of gas, liquid petroleum gas, oil and 
through business travel and the transport of goods via 
Rotork owned vehicles 

(ii)  The Group’s Scope 2 GHG emissions are derived from 

the consumption of electricity and steam

(iii)  The Group’s Scope 3 GHG emissions are derived from 

well to tank and transmission factors taken from the 
UK Government Conversion Factors for Company 
Reporting. They have been used for all sites except for 
the USA sites where specific factors are available for 
transmission losses

Assurance of GHG emissions report
On 28 January 2014, EEF undertook an 
assurance audit of the Group’s GHG 
emissions report against the requirements of 
the Defra Environmental Reporting Guidelines 
issued in June 2013. The audit took place at 
the Group’s Bath site and consisted of a 
desktop review of the GHG report and the 
supporting evidence and calculations.

The Group calculates GHG emissions in 
accordance with the Greenhouse Gas 
Protocol (GHG Protocol) developed jointly by 
the World Business Council for Sustainable 
Development and the World Resource 
Institute. 

2013 Carbon Emissions via Energy 
Consumption Performance Summary 
 ■ On a like-for-like basis, emissions 

increased 1.34% compared with 2012, 
the overall increase was 5.14%.

 ■ New acquisitions in USA, Germany, Italy 
and the UK, including the new head 
office in Bath, accounted for 3.63% of the 
increase. There were also increases in 
business activity with small fluctuations in 
climate conditions at some facilities which 
contributed to the increase.

2014 Targets
 ■ Achieve 3% year-on-year reduction in 
carbon emissions against revenue.

ETHICS AND vALUES
Overview
Ethics and values are central to the way we 
do business. The Group’s Ethics and Values 
Statement can be viewed on our website, in 
a number of languages, at www.rotork.com/
en/investors/index/ethicsvalues. Our ethics 
and values can be split into four strands:

Human rights and ethical business
The Group is fully committed to respecting 
internationally proclaimed human rights as 
defined in the International Declaration of 
Human Rights and the International Labour 
Organisation’s standards. The Group does 
not accept any form of child or forced labour 
and embracing the UN Global Compact 
principles throughout the business is a 
demonstration of this commitment. 

The Group recognises that an open and 
honest culture is key to understanding 
concerns within the business and to uncover 
and investigate any potential wrongdoing. In 
2013, the Group launched a refreshed and 
updated whistleblowing policy with an 
independent external whistleblowing hotline.

Employees
The Group has a firm commitment to all its 
employees regarding wellbeing and 
development. Many of the Group’s offices 
provide health checks for their employees, as 
well as encouraging participation in sports 
teams or one-off charitable sporting events. 
More details regarding charitable activities 
can be found in the Community Involvement 
section of this report.

Rotork has an objective and fair recruitment 
process which promotes equal opportunities 
across the Group in line with the ‘Respect at 
Work and Equality of Opportunity’ policy. 
Employee views and direct communication 
are part of our values and we run employee 
suggestion schemes, an annual Employee 
Satisfaction Survey and several locations have 
employee forums where employees can raise 
issues to be dealt with by management.

Rotork has built a strong partnership with the 
Institute of Mechanical Engineers (IMECHE) 
to support engineers in gaining Incorporated 
and Chartered accreditation. The success of 
the new registrants has encouraged other 
Rotork engineers to work towards 
accreditation with IMECHE next year. 

The Group also supports apprenticeship 
schemes for young men and women which 
helps to increase access into all aspects of the 
Group’s business. 

In 2013 Rotork produced a diversity policy 
and targets to be achieved by September 
2015. More details of Rotork’s diversity policy 
and targets can be found in the Corporate 
Governance report on page 55.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
38

corporate social responsibility continued

Bribery and corruption
The Group has a zero tolerance policy on 
bribery and corruption worldwide, 
irrespective of country or business culture. 
The Group’s Ethics and Values statement 
makes clear that our employees will never 
offer, pay or solicit bribes in any form and is 
published on the Group’s website in a 
number of languages. The Group does not 
make political contributions in cash or kind 
anywhere in the world. 

The Group’s whistleblowing policy gives 
whistleblowers a platform to alert senior 
management, anonymously if the employee 
wishes, to any suspected bribery or 
corruption, through an independent,  
external hotline if necessary.

The Group also makes use of detailed 
background checks provided by specialist 
bribery and corruption due diligence 
consultants before dealing with unknown 
third parties (including agents, prospective 
acquisitions and suppliers) operating in higher 
risk jurisdictions or market sectors. The Group 
makes use of objective guidance on country 
risk, such as the Corruption Perception Index 
by Transparency International. When working 
with the unknown third party, and after the 
initial detailed background checks, the Group 
also continually screens these third parties 
against a large number of international 
sources which could detect unethical 
behaviour including watchlists, sanctions  
lists and the media using its due diligence 
consultants’ proprietary databases.  
These third parties are also subject to 
continual screening.

During 2013, the Group developed and rolled 
out anti-bribery and corruption training to all 
employees working in sales and purchasing 
roles as well as to senior accountants and all 
managers and directors (including executive 
and non-executive directors). The anti-bribery 
and corruption training is delivered as an 
e-learning module which includes an 
assessment. The course has been translated 
into several local languages. All users are 
given three months to successfully complete 
the course. Approximately 1,000 employees 
are required to successfully complete the 
course.

Suppliers
The Group has continued to invest in its 
outsourcing model, selecting suppliers with 
sound reputations in the marketplace. Many 
of the suppliers have a long-term working 
relationship with the Company, ensuring 
ingrained product knowledge within the 
supply chain. Suppliers are subject to 
continuous automated online monitoring 
against sanctions lists, watchlists, regulatory 
and court records and a large number of 
national and international media sources and 
the Company is alerted where any 
derogatory information is uncovered.

The supplier assessment programme includes 
more detailed CSR themed questions 
associated with equal rights and equal pay, 
anti-bribery and corruption policies, 
charitable giving, environmental impact and 
anti-compulsory or child labour practices. 
These surveys consider current and 
established suppliers. In 2013, 23 suppliers  
to the Group’s Bath factory were evaluated 
using this assessment programme. 

The assessments are discussed directly with 
the suppliers and any corrective action plan  
is agreed between the Company and  
the supplier. 

Rotork Controls Limited and Rotork UK 
Limited, the Group’s main UK trading 
companies, and Rotork plc, are signatories to 
the Prompt Payment Code which ensures 
that suppliers are paid according to the terms 
agreed and this encourages good practice be 
passed down supply chains.

Progress
 ■ An updated and refreshed Group 

whistleblowing policy was launched 
which incorporates the use of an 
independent external whistleblowing 
hotline as an alternative method to raising 
whistleblowing concerns;

 ■ Following on from a revision of the 

supplier audit questionnaire in 2011 to 
include questions centred around CSR, 
the target of auditing a further 20 of the 
top 50 suppliers and all new suppliers to 
Rotork’s Bath manufacturing facility set in 
2013 was exceeded. The relationship with 
one supplier was terminated as a result of 
this auditing;

 ■ A FTSE4Good score of 3.8 out of 5 was 

maintained. This is in excess of UK, global 
and industry averages;

 ■ An employee satisfaction survey score of 
3.64 out of 5 was achieved, a small 
increase on the previous year with record 
numbers of employees participating;
 ■ Presentations relating to bribery and 

corruption given by senior management 
and the Group’s legal department to 
International Sales Managers’ regional 
meetings in the UK, USA and China and 
the whistleblowing policy was 
communicated to all employees in every 
edition of the Rotork e-newsletter; and
 ■ Bribery and corruption training rolled out 
to relevant employees in English, Korean, 
German, Spanish and Chinese.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013   
corporate social responsibility continued

39

2014 Targets
 ■ Roll out bribery and corruption training in 

all other relevant languages;

 ■ Roll out bribery and corruption training to 

Rotork agents; 

 ■ Make progress towards achieving Rotork’s 

2015 diversity targets; and
 ■ Continue to communicate the 

whistleblowing policy regularly through 
the Rotork e-newsletter.

HEALTH AND SAFETy
Overview
The safety of Group employees, customers 
and visitors is of paramount importance to 
the Group. It is our policy to provide a safe 
working environment for all employees and 
visitors to any of the Group’s sites and ensure 
employees work safely. For these reasons, 
policies and procedures are in place to help 
to eliminate, reduce or control our 
operational risks and ensure compliance  
with health and safety legislation.

The Group undertakes health and safety 
audits at all of its locations. A schedule of 
audits is established and approved by the 
CSR Committee. Each Rotork location is 
audited against a checklist which has been 
developed to ensure each location meets the 
Group’s standards for health and safety. Each 
item on the checklist is assessed against 
pre-determined criteria and scored. A 
calculation of the overall score gives the 
company a rating and any company not 
achieving the baseline rating is given limited 
time to improve.

All audits are reviewed by the Group’s Health 
and Safety Officer and all actions resulting 
from audits are recorded and monitored for 
correct and timely rectification. 

A report of Group health and safety 
performance is given at quarterly CSR 
Committee meetings and all actions are 
recorded and progress reviewed at the next 
meeting. The results of audits, the rating of 
locations and the status of audit actions are 
reviewed by the Health and Safety Committee 
and any actions identified are acted upon. 

Training is provided to enable employees to 
carry out their duties without risk to 
themselves or to others. 

The Group Health and Safety Policy is 
endorsed by the Chief Executive and sets out 
the Group’s requirement to ‘meet or exceed 
legislative and other requirements in the 
countries in which Rotork operates’. The 
policy can be viewed on the Group’s website 
under Corporate Social Responsibility – 
Health and Safety in the Investors’ section. 

Effective management of the Group’s health 
and safety programme enables us to:
 ■ Minimise the risk of injury to our 

employees, customers and suppliers and 
damage to property;

 ■ Reduce costs associated with employee 
illness, injury and loss of physical assets; 
and

 ■ Continually improve the Group’s health 

and safety practices.

The Group operates a behaviour-based safety 
programme. This requires managers and 
supervisors to encourage safe working 
practices by:
 ■ Promoting regular safety observations by 

all staff;

 ■ Regularly asking employees for their 

suggestions for improving safety at their 
facility;

 ■ Holding employees accountable for 

observing these practices;

The Group’s Health and Safety Policy and 
Arrangements document sets out the 
Company’s policies for all of its foreseen 
activities. Rotork employees are engaged in 
activities which include manual handling of 
heavy objects, mechanical lifting, operating 
machinery and driving to suppliers’ and 
customers’ locations. In addition to working 
in the Group’s facilities, employees also work 
on customer sites, which are often more 
hazardous. To reduce the risks associated 
with these activities, additional safe working 
practices are in place and include:
 ■ Site surveys, to establish requirements, 

measurements and an assessment of the 
potential work area;

 ■ Project assessments to identify risks, 
hazards and necessary controls to 
eliminate, reduce or control the risk to a 
reasonable level;

 ■ Method statements, detailing work to be 
done and controls to be put in place 
and equipment to be used;

 ■ Point of work risk assessments, before 

work starts, which must also be 
reviewed after any period away from 
the work area;

 ■ The use of permits-to-work when 

working in hazardous environments 
such as confined space work; and

 ■ Unannounced internal audits of 
employees when working on a  
customer site. 

Five performance indicators are monitored 
across the Group and performance against 
these indicators is reported to the Audit 
Committee: 
 ■ Accident frequency rate (which is a 

reported Group KPI); 

 ■ Lost time rate; 
 ■ Incident frequency rate; 
 ■ Health and safety audit rating; and
 ■ On time completion of health and safety 

 ■ Providing managing safety courses for line 

audit actions.

management; and

 ■ Regular health and safety training to 

employees on subjects such as manual 
handling and confined spaces.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
40

corporate social responsibility continued

By monitoring the results of these 
performance indicators we are able to 
identify areas of strong performance which 
can then be shared across the Group and 
areas of weakness which may require 
additional resources and training. 

Progress
One of the Group’s non-financial KPIs is 
Accident Frequency Rate (AFR). A target is 
calculated as an average of the past three 
years’ AFR performance. In 2013, the 
Group achieved an AFR of 0.33, achieving 
the 2013 target of 0.43.

Details of the Group’s AFR over the past five 
years and how it is calculated is shown on 
page 29.

2014 Targets
 ■ Achieve an AFR of 0.42.

COMMUNITy INvOLvEMENT
Overview
The Group considers it important to 
contribute to and engage positively with 
stakeholders in the communities in which we 
operate and to be a good community 
neighbour around the world. We regard this 
as part of our ongoing responsibilities as a 
corporate entity. The Group seeks to be 
regarded as a good corporate citizen. This 
links into our corporate values which include 
producing a positive and beneficial impact in 
the areas in which we operate. One of the 
ways the Group does this is by having local 
charity committees at each of our sites which 
donate to local charitable causes. This 
empowers local employees to decide how to 
distribute the funds in their local 
communities. The Group aims to contribute 
0.1% of profits to local charitable causes.

Local community involvement highlights 
from the year include:
 ■ Rotork Malaysia visited and donated 

items to AsSolihin Orphanage;

 ■ Various locations running apprenticeships, 

work placements and internship 
programmes;

 ■ Rotork Mexico joined forces with the 

Mexican Red Cross to provide donations 
of food and personal hygiene items to 
those affected by two storms that hit 
Mexico;

 ■ Rotork Sweden made a donation to a 
local High School for children with 
disabilities, enabling them to travel to the 
UK to meet children from similar schools; 
and

 ■ Rotork Fairchild, USA employees donated 
Christmas gifts of toys and clothes to local 
children.

Rotork operates a number of educational 
initiatives such as apprenticeship schemes 
and co-operative relationships with 
numerous universities. The Group is the 
industry member of the Bath Education 
Trust, which aims to advance education in 
Bath schools and promote community 
cohesion. In 2013, City of Bath College 
joined forces with Rotork to offer 
engineering apprenticeships, which will see 
five to seven apprentices a year becoming 
fully qualified engineering technicians, to 
form a strong part of Rotork’s future. 
Rotork also offers graduate work 
placements and degree sponsorship to 
promising students, employees and the 
most talented individuals from our 
internship scheme. 

The Group is also a member of an initiative of 
the Engineering Development Trust who help 
11-21 year olds to enhance their technical, 
personal and employability skills through 
industry-led projects, industrial placements 
and specialised courses. In Germany, Rotork 
provided practice interview training at a local 
High School to help students with lower 
chances on the job market.

In addition to local charitable activities, the 
Group has supported two major charities in 
2013, WaterAid and The Institute of Cancer 
Research. A specific WaterAid project is 
supported and the Group receives updates 
throughout the year on the progress of this 
project.

WaterAid uses the Group’s support to help 
fund the Jeldu Woreda Project in Ethiopia, 
which aims to deliver safe and adequate 
water, sanitation and hygiene facilities to 
local communities. The original project, 
funded by Rotork since 2011, has now been 
completed benefitting 16,500 individuals 
living in three villages in Ethiopia. As planned 
this project was completed by the end of 
March 2013 and all facilities are solar 
powered. 

In 2014, the Group will support WaterAid’s 
Metu-Hurumu Woreda WaSH Project in 
Ethiopia, situated in the same area of Ethiopia 
as the Jeldu Woreda Project supported by the 
Group. This project will target 10 villages and 
provide over 128,000 people with safe water 
and sanitation. The project is a combination 
of water supply provision, water resource 
management and livelihood improvement 
and has been identified that this approach is 
of critical importance to improve the 
wellbeing of the communities in the Keber 
watershed.

2013 has been a particularly difficult year 
with cancer deeply affecting the lives and 
families of a number of our colleagues. 

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013   
corporate social responsibility continued

41

Therefore, in addition to our ongoing support 
for WaterAid, the Group has made a 
donation to The Institute of Cancer Research 
(ICR), London. This is one of the world’s most 
influential cancer research institutes, with an 
outstanding record of achievement dating 
back more than 100 years. Scientists and 
clinicians at the ICR are working every day to 
make a real impact on cancer patients’ lives. 

Contacts and feedback
The Group welcomes and values feedback. If 
you have any comments regarding this CSR 
report or any aspect of the Group’s CSR 
programme, please contact Stephen Jones, 
Company Secretary, by writing to him at the 
Rotork plc registered office, full details of 
which can be found in the corporate 
directory on page 126.

The ICR’s mission is to make the discoveries 
that defeat cancer and the Group is pleased 
to support that aim.

Rotork also made a special donation to ‘One 
bike, a thousand hopes 2013’ campaign, in 
memory of the brother of an employee 
based in Lucca, Italy. 

Progress
 ■ £55,000 contributed by the Group to 

WaterAid plus a further £6,600 
contributed to WaterAid through 
employee fundraising activities;
 ■ £57,000 contributed to the ICR;
 ■ £10,000 contributed to Mauro Talini and 
Father Kolbe International no-profit 
Association.

2014 Targets
 ■ To increase donations to charitable 

causes. The Group will:
 – Donate 0.1% of Group profits to 
Rotork’s nominated international 
charity; and

 – Donate 0.1% of Group profits to 
charitable causes local to Rotork’s 
operating sites.

 ■ To continue to support WaterAid and in 
particular the Metu-Hurumu Woreda 
WaSH Project.

Rotork offices in China walked Mount Tai to raise 
money for WaterAid. 

The Rotork Middle East office collected clothing for 
the Philippines appeal. 

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
42

board of directors

peter France
cHieF executive

jonatHan daviS
Finance director

roGer lockwood

cHairMan

ian kinG

Senior independent  

non-executive director

Sally jaMeS

non-executive director

bioGrapHy

Peter was appointed as Chief Executive of 
Rotork plc in 2008. He joined Rotork in 1989  
as an Inside Sales Engineer. In 1998, he was 
appointed Director and General Manager at 
Rotork Singapore before becoming 
Managing Director of the Fluid Systems 
Division and then Chief Operating Officer.

Jonathan joined Rotork in 2002 after holding  
a number of finance positions in listed 
companies. He gained experience of the 
Rotork business initially as Group Financial 
Controller and then as Finance Director of  
the Rotork Controls Division and in 2010 was 
appointed Group Finance Director.

Roger has been a non-executive director of 

Previously Ian held a number of Executive 

Sally previously held senior legal roles in 

Rotork since joining the Board and became 

General Management roles across BAE 

investment banking in London and Chicago 

non-executive Chairman in November 1998. 

Systems and Marconi. In 2007, Ian was 

including Managing Director and EMEA 

He previously held CEO roles in automotive 

appointed Chief Operating Officer UK and 

General Counsel for UBS Investment Bank. 

and engineering businesses.

Rest of the World and was also appointed to 

She has also held the position of Bursar of 

the Plc Board of BAE Systems. He became 

Corpus Christi College, Cambridge.

Chief Executive of BAE Systems in September 

appointed to tHe board

2006

2010

1988

external appointMentS

Chairman of the Bath Education Trust

Chairman of Hydro International plc

Chief Executive of BAE Systems Plc

2008.

2005

2012

Non-executive director of UBS Limited

Non-executive director of Towry Limited

Non-executive director of 

Moneysupermarket.com Group PLC

Non-executive director of Abdi Limited

Trustee of Legal Education Foundation

coMMittee MeMberSHip

Nomination

Nomination (Chairman)

Audit, Nomination and Remuneration

Audit, Remuneration and Nomination

GraHaM oGden
reSearcH and  
developMent director

bob arnold
preSident oF rotork controlS inc.

joHn nicHolaS

non-executive director

Gary bullard

non-executive director

bioGrapHy

Graham has been with Rotork since 1985  
and has been closely involved in product 
development including our award winning  
IQ series. Graham has been Research and 
Development Director since 1997.

Bob was appointed President of Rotork 
Controls Inc. in 1988 and has responsibility  
for all Rotork’s interests in the Americas.  
He joined Rotork Controls Inc. in 1978 as 
Engineering Manager subsequently 
becoming Vice President, Engineering. Prior 
to joining Rotork Bob worked for 
Westinghouse in the USA as a Design 
Engineer in the Nuclear Valve Group.

appointed to tHe board

2005

2001

2008

external appointMentS

coMMittee MeMberSHip

John was previously Group Finance Director 

Gary previously held senior management 

of Tate & Lyle plc and Kidde plc.

positions, including sales and marketing roles, 

at IBM and BT Group plc and was a 

non-executive director of Chloride Group plc. 

Gary most recently held the position of 

President Logica UK until October 2012 and 

was a member of the Executive Committee 

of Logica plc.

2010

Non-executive director of Mondi plc

Non-executive director of Hunting plc

Non-executive director of Diploma plc

Member of the Financial Reporting Review 

Panel of the Financial Reporting Council (FRC)

Founder and CEO of Catquin Ltd

Chairman of New Model Identity Ltd

Non-executive director of The Smart Cube

Audit (Chairman), Nomination and 

Remuneration (Chairman), Audit and 

Remuneration

Nomination

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013   
board of directors

peter France

cHieF executive

jonatHan daviS

Finance director

roGer lockwood
cHairMan

ian kinG
Senior independent  
non-executive director

Sally jaMeS
non-executive director

43

bioGrapHy

Peter was appointed as Chief Executive of 

Jonathan joined Rotork in 2002 after holding  

Rotork plc in 2008. He joined Rotork in 1989  

a number of finance positions in listed 

as an Inside Sales Engineer. In 1998, he was 

companies. He gained experience of the 

appointed Director and General Manager at 

Rotork business initially as Group Financial 

Rotork Singapore before becoming 

Controller and then as Finance Director of  

Managing Director of the Fluid Systems 

the Rotork Controls Division and in 2010 was 

Division and then Chief Operating Officer.

appointed Group Finance Director.

Roger has been a non-executive director of 
Rotork since joining the Board and became 
non-executive Chairman in November 1998. 
He previously held CEO roles in automotive 
and engineering businesses.

Previously Ian held a number of Executive 
General Management roles across BAE 
Systems and Marconi. In 2007, Ian was 
appointed Chief Operating Officer UK and 
Rest of the World and was also appointed to 
the Plc Board of BAE Systems. He became 
Chief Executive of BAE Systems in September 
2008.

Sally previously held senior legal roles in 
investment banking in London and Chicago 
including Managing Director and EMEA 
General Counsel for UBS Investment Bank. 
She has also held the position of Bursar of 
Corpus Christi College, Cambridge.

appointed to tHe board

2006

2010

1988

2005

2012

external appointMentS

Chairman of the Bath Education Trust

Chairman of Hydro International plc

Chief Executive of BAE Systems Plc

Non-executive director of UBS Limited
Non-executive director of Towry Limited
Non-executive director of 
Moneysupermarket.com Group PLC
Non-executive director of Abdi Limited
Trustee of Legal Education Foundation

coMMittee MeMberSHip

Nomination

Nomination (Chairman)

Audit, Nomination and Remuneration

Audit, Remuneration and Nomination

GraHaM oGden

reSearcH and  

developMent director

bob arnold

preSident oF rotork controlS inc.

joHn nicHolaS
non-executive director

Gary bullard
non-executive director

bioGrapHy

external appointMentS

coMMittee MeMberSHip

Graham has been with Rotork since 1985  

Bob was appointed President of Rotork 

and has been closely involved in product 

Controls Inc. in 1988 and has responsibility  

development including our award winning  

for all Rotork’s interests in the Americas.  

IQ series. Graham has been Research and 

He joined Rotork Controls Inc. in 1978 as 

Development Director since 1997.

Engineering Manager subsequently 

becoming Vice President, Engineering. Prior 

to joining Rotork Bob worked for 

Westinghouse in the USA as a Design 

Engineer in the Nuclear Valve Group.

John was previously Group Finance Director 
of Tate & Lyle plc and Kidde plc.

Gary previously held senior management 
positions, including sales and marketing roles, 
at IBM and BT Group plc and was a 
non-executive director of Chloride Group plc. 
Gary most recently held the position of 
President Logica UK until October 2012 and 
was a member of the Executive Committee 
of Logica plc.

appointed to tHe board

2005

2001

2008

2010

Non-executive director of Mondi plc
Non-executive director of Hunting plc
Non-executive director of Diploma plc
Member of the Financial Reporting Review 
Panel of the Financial Reporting Council (FRC)

Founder and CEO of Catquin Ltd
Chairman of New Model Identity Ltd
Non-executive director of The Smart Cube

Audit (Chairman), Nomination and 
Remuneration

Remuneration (Chairman), Audit and 
Nomination

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
44

Management board

peter France 
cHieF executive

jonatHan daviS 
Finance director

bob arnold 
preSident oF  
rotork controlS inc.

GraHaM oGden 
reSearcH and developMent  
director

Biographies for the Management Board 
members above are on page 42.

Grant wood
Md rotork controlS

alex buSby
Md rotork Fluid SySteMS

david littlejoHnS

Md rotork GearS

alan paine

Md rotork inStruMentS

carloS elvira

Group SaleS and  

MarketinG director

Grant joined Rotork in 2006 as Director of 
Rotork Site Services (RSS) before being 
appointed as Managing Director of Rotork’s 
Controls Division and joining the Rotork 
Management Board in March 2011. Before 
joining Rotork, Grant gained considerable 
experience in the utility, financial and energy 
sectors.

Alex joined Rotork in 1985. In 1989 he went 
to a company in the same industry holding 
various management roles in Asia and 
Europe. He re-joined Rotork in 2003 as 
Business Development Manager, and then 
was Business Development Director, before 
becoming Managing Director of Rotork Fluid 
Systems and joining the Rotork Management 
Board in 2008.

David joined the engineering design 

department in 1985 and he moved to 

Alan joined Rotork as Managing Director of 

Carlos joined in 1981 as the first Graduate 

Rotork Fairchild upon acquisition in 

Trainee in International Sales. He became 

Rochester, USA in 1996 as an engineer. He 

November 2011. He was appointed as 

International Sales Manager in 1989. In 1999 

moved into sales before becoming General 

Managing Director of the Instruments 

he became Controls Sales and Marketing 

Manager in California. In 2006 he was 

Division and joined the Rotork Management 

Director and joined the Rotork Management 

appointed Managing Director of the Gears 

Board in January 2013. Before joining Rotork, 

Board at its inception in 2007. In January 

Division. He joined the Rotork Management 

Alan managed several international 

2011, he was appointed Group Sales and 

Board at its inception in 2007.

companies in the automotive and linear 

Marketing Director.

alaStair Spurr
Group operationS director

StepHen joneS
Group leGal director

Mark williaMS

Group Hr director

bearings industries.

paMela binGHaM

Group buSineSS  

developMent director

Alastair joined Rotork in 2005 as Operations 
Director of the Controls Division. He joined 
the Rotork Management Board at its 
inception in 2007 and in January 2011 he was 
appointed Group Operations Director. Before 
joining Rotork, Alastair held positions within 
the engineering, construction and retail 
industries.

Stephen joined Rotork in 1999. He is Group 
Legal Director and Company Secretary and 
joined the Rotork Management Board at its 
inception in 2007. He is a Solicitor and has 
held positions in the engineering and 
construction industries as well as in private 
practice.

Mark joined Rotork in 2007 as Bath HR 

Pamela joined Rotork as Group Business 

Manager before being appointed as Group 

Development Director and the Rotork 

HR Director in 2009. He joined the Rotork 

Management Board in March 2012. She has 

Management Board as Group HR Director at 

gained a wealth of experience in legal, 

the beginning of 2012. Prior to joining 

commercial and business development roles. 

Rotork, Mark held various HR positions in the 

Pamela has worked in the engineering, 

automotive manufacturing sector and 

mining, renewable energy and oil and gas 

transport industries.

sectors.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013   
Management board

Grant wood

Md rotork controlS

alex buSby

Md rotork Fluid SySteMS

david littlejoHnS
Md rotork GearS

alan paine
Md rotork inStruMentS

carloS elvira
Group SaleS and  
MarketinG director

45

Grant joined Rotork in 2006 as Director of 

Alex joined Rotork in 1985. In 1989 he went 

Rotork Site Services (RSS) before being 

to a company in the same industry holding 

appointed as Managing Director of Rotork’s 

various management roles in Asia and 

Controls Division and joining the Rotork 

Europe. He re-joined Rotork in 2003 as 

Management Board in March 2011. Before 

Business Development Manager, and then 

joining Rotork, Grant gained considerable 

was Business Development Director, before 

experience in the utility, financial and energy 

becoming Managing Director of Rotork Fluid 

sectors.

Systems and joining the Rotork Management 

Board in 2008.

David joined the engineering design 
department in 1985 and he moved to 
Rochester, USA in 1996 as an engineer. He 
moved into sales before becoming General 
Manager in California. In 2006 he was 
appointed Managing Director of the Gears 
Division. He joined the Rotork Management 
Board at its inception in 2007.

Alan joined Rotork as Managing Director of 
Rotork Fairchild upon acquisition in 
November 2011. He was appointed as 
Managing Director of the Instruments 
Division and joined the Rotork Management 
Board in January 2013. Before joining Rotork, 
Alan managed several international 
companies in the automotive and linear 
bearings industries.

Carlos joined in 1981 as the first Graduate 
Trainee in International Sales. He became 
International Sales Manager in 1989. In 1999 
he became Controls Sales and Marketing 
Director and joined the Rotork Management 
Board at its inception in 2007. In January 
2011, he was appointed Group Sales and 
Marketing Director.

alaStair Spurr

StepHen joneS

Group operationS director

Group leGal director

Mark williaMS
Group Hr director

paMela binGHaM
Group buSineSS  
developMent director

Alastair joined Rotork in 2005 as Operations 

Stephen joined Rotork in 1999. He is Group 

Director of the Controls Division. He joined 

Legal Director and Company Secretary and 

the Rotork Management Board at its 

joined the Rotork Management Board at its 

inception in 2007 and in January 2011 he was 

inception in 2007. He is a Solicitor and has 

appointed Group Operations Director. Before 

held positions in the engineering and 

joining Rotork, Alastair held positions within 

construction industries as well as in private 

the engineering, construction and retail 

practice.

industries.

Mark joined Rotork in 2007 as Bath HR 
Manager before being appointed as Group 
HR Director in 2009. He joined the Rotork 
Management Board as Group HR Director at 
the beginning of 2012. Prior to joining 
Rotork, Mark held various HR positions in the 
automotive manufacturing sector and 
transport industries.

Pamela joined Rotork as Group Business 
Development Director and the Rotork 
Management Board in March 2012. She has 
gained a wealth of experience in legal, 
commercial and business development roles. 
Pamela has worked in the engineering, 
mining, renewable energy and oil and gas 
sectors.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
46

Corporate governance

Statement from Chairman

The continuing success of Rotork, its 
reputation in its markets and its 
relationships with its stakeholders is 
dependent on and safeguarded by the 
leadership provided by an effective board. 
Good corporate governance supports the 
effectiveness of your board and contributes 
towards the long-term success of our 
company.

Our corporate governance report is set out 
on pages 46 to 55 and describes the roles, 
accountabilities and expectations for our 
directors and Board structures. We are 
subject to the UK Corporate Governance 
Code (Code) and whilst ensuring we 
provide detailed reporting, we have sought 
to place emphasis on explaining how the 
principles of the Code are applied across 
our group. A summary of the business the 
Board considered during 2013 is also set 
out opposite. I am pleased to report that 
throughout 2013, we complied with the 
2010 and 2012 versions of the Code in all 
respects.

Corporate governance highlights for 2013 
include responding to Lord Davies’ call for 
action by setting out a number of specific 
actions and targets to improve gender 
diversity by September 2015. The Board 
has also developed a diversity policy which 
is applicable to the whole of the Group. 
These are detailed in the Corporate 
Governance Report on pages 50 and 55. 
Throughout the year, the Remuneration 
Committee held a number of additional 
meetings to consider the requirements of 
the new remuneration reporting 
regulations and more details of this can be 
found in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report on pages 56 to 69.

During 2013, we also rolled out a 
comprehensive anti-bribery and corruption 
training programme to all directors 
(including non-executive directors), 
managers, senior finance personnel and 
those employees who deal with customers 
or suppliers. This equates to approximately 
one third of the workforce. The training 
requires all users to successfully pass a test. 
Taken together with the successful 
completion of the rollout of our revised 
whistleblowing policy and independent 
hotline, this underscores the importance of 
the ethics and values policy of the Group 
and ensures it continues to be firmly 
embedded and understood across the 
Group. 

I believe that good corporate governance, 
when properly applied, supports and 
protects our business and its long term 
success by creating a link, based on trust 
and engagement, between Rotork and its 
stakeholders. It is important for governance 
to focus on the entire organisation and at 
Rotork we seek to apply it across our 
activities worldwide in a consistent and 
unified way to create and maintain the right 
culture throughout our Group. I believe this 
allows us to produce a better business. 
Rotork’s products and services are offered in 
many markets and territories and we 
recognise that our business activities affect a 
diverse range of stakeholders. With that in 
mind, we must ensure that we consistently 
do things the right way through a unified 
approach. Our corporate governance 
arrangements underpin this by ensuring that 
our people know not just what to do, but 
how to do it. 

Roger Lockwood
Chairman

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013RogeR lockwoodchaiRman 
Corporate governance

47

Summary of 2013 Board Business

March

 – Performance and business review including a review of prospective acquisitions.
 – Investor relations report from Chief Executive.
 – Consideration of the Audit Committee recommendation to approve the 2012 financial statements for 

presentation to the shareholders for their approval at the Annual General Meeting (AGM).

 – Consideration of the 2012 financial statements and potential final dividend amount.
 – Receipt of a presentation from the Chief Executive and Finance Director of the preliminary 

announcement of the 2012 final financial results.

 – Review of 2012 corporate objectives.
 – Presentations from the Group Human Resources Director, Group Legal Director and Group Operations 

Director on Corporate Social Responsibility.

April  
(2 meetings)

 – Performance and business review including a review of prospective acquisitions.
 – Investor relations report from Chief Executive.
 – Consideration of the AGM proxy returns and reports and consideration of the AGM arrangements.
 – Review of Second Annual Review of Women on Boards and discussion on development of a Board 

Diversity Policy.

 – A presentation from Citi, Rotork’s joint corporate brokers.
 – A presentation from the Group Business Development Director.

June  
(meeting held at 
Rotork’s plant in 
Lucca, Italy)

August

September

November  
(2 meetings)

December

 – Consideration of the Audit Committee recommendation to approve the Interim Management Statement.

 – Performance and business review including a review of prospective acquisitions.
 – Investor relations report from Chief Executive and report from Chairman on meeting with institutional 

investors.

 – Discussion of the half year interim dividend.
 – Group Risk Review.
 – Group strategy presentation by Chief Executive and Board discussion on strategy.
 – Discussion of Board Diversity Policy.
 – Consideration of corporate governance developments.
 – Consideration of the draft 2014 Board timetable.
 – A presentation from Rotork Fluid Systems’ Divisional Managing Director and local Italian management.

 – Performance and business review including a review of prospective acquisitions.
 – Investor relations report from Chief Executive.
 – Receipt of a presentation from the Chief Executive and Finance Director of the half year results.
 – Consideration and approval of half year report and consideration of interim dividend.
 – Strategy discussion.
 – Consideration of Board Diversity Policy.
 – Presentations from Rotork Instruments’ Divisional Managing Director.

 – Performance and business review including a review of prospective acquisitions.
 – Investor relations report from Chief Executive.
 – Consideration of legal and corporate governance developments including institutional investor 

corporate governance and shareholder engagement guidance and changes to narrative reporting 
legislation.

 – A presentation from Rotork Gears’ Divisional Managing Director.

 – Performance and business review including a review of prospective acquisitions.
 – Investor relations report from Chief Executive.
 – Approval of the 2014 budget.
 – Consideration of Board Diversity Policy.
 – Consideration of risk appetite.
 – Consideration and approval of revised employment of former employees of the external auditor policy.
 – Presentations from the Group Sales and Marketing Director and Group Research and Development 

Director.

 – Consideration of the Audit Committee recommendation to approve the Interim Management Statement.

 – Performance and business review including review of prospective acquisitions.
 – Investor relations report from Chief Executive.
 – Discussion of potential 2013 final dividend amount.
 – Review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems.
 – Consideration of corporate governance developments.
 – Consideration of board performance evaluation.
 – Approval of Directors’ situational conflicts of interests disclosures.
 – Review of risk management and internal control systems.
 – Approval of 2014 corporate objectives.
 – Presentations from the Rotork Controls’ Divisional Managing Director and Rotork Site Services’ 

Managing Director.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
48

Corporate governance continued

UK Corporate GovernanCe Code ComplianCe 
statement
The following section on pages 48 to 55 is a summary of the 
system of corporate governance adopted by Rotork. Throughout 
the year ended 31 December 2013, Rotork plc fully complied with 
both the 2010 and 2012 versions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code (Code). The Code is available to download at www.frc.org.uk. 

the Board of direCtors
The Board has a duty to promote the long-term success of Rotork 
for its shareholders. Its role therefore includes approval of strategy, 
risk reviews, major contract approvals, finance matters and internal 
control and risk management. 

The terms and conditions of appointment of directors are available 
for inspection during business hours at the registered office of 
Rotork plc and at the AGM.

Board Composition
Rotork is led by an effective Board which consists of nine 
members: the Chairman, four independent non-executive directors 
and four executive directors. Apart from the Chairman, all 
non-executive directors are considered to be independent from 
Rotork and are appointed for an initial term of three years. Upon 
the completion of this term, the appointment is reviewed and, if 
appropriate, extended for up to a further two three year terms 
following which the director normally retires.

The biographies of the directors and details of Board committee 
membership are set out on pages 42 to 43. 

All directors are subject to annual re-election at the AGM in line 
with the Code.

Directors’ attendance at Board and Committee meetings during 2013:

Board 

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

No. of Meetings
RH Arnold
JM Davis
PI France
GM Ogden
GB Bullard
SA James
IG King
RC Lockwood
JE Nicholas

(i)  By invitation

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
6
9
9

5
2(i)
5(i)
5(i)
2(i)
5
5
3
5(i)
5

6
n/a
n/a
6(i)
n/a
6
6
4
5(i)
6

1
n/a
n/a
1
n/a
1
1
1
1
1

Roles and Responsibilities
There is a documented clear division of responsibilities between 
the Chairman and the Chief Executive to ensure that there is a 
balance of power and authority between leadership of the Board 
and executive leadership.

All directors are entitled to seek independent, professional advice 
at the Company’s expense in order to discharge their 
responsibilities as directors. Rotork maintains appropriate directors’ 
and officers’ insurance cover.

Balance of Independent Non-Executive Directors 
and Executive Directors as at 31 December 2013

Balance of Independent Non-Executive Directors 

and Executive Directors as at 31 December 2013

Length of Tenure of Independent Non-Executive Directors
as at 31 December 2013

Non-Executive Chairman
Independent Non-Executive Directors
Executive Directors

Non-Executive Chairman

Independent Non-Executive Directors

Executive Directors

Years
0 – 3
3 – 6
6 – 9

how the Board operates effeCtively
Length of Tenure of Independent Non-Executive Directors
Board Activities
as at 31 December 2013
As part of Rotork’s Board effectiveness, day-to-day responsibility 
for the running of the Company is delegated to executive 
management. However, there are a number of matters where it is 
not considered appropriate to do this. The Board therefore has a 
formal and documented schedule of matters reserved for its 
decision which includes:
 ■ Approval of Group strategy;
 ■ Major capital projects and major contracts approval;
 ■ Acquisition and disposal of any company, business or fixed 

asset in excess of agreed levels;

structures or listing status;

 ■ Changes to Group corporate, capital, management or control 
Years
0 – 3
3 – 6
 ■ Approval of preliminary announcements and results, annual 
6 – 9
report, dividends and significant changes in accountancy 
policies and procedures and treasury policy;

 ■ Approval of bank borrowings exceeding a certain percentage of 

the relevant company’s turnover;

 ■ Undertaking an annual assessment of the Group risk control 

process;

 ■ Making appointments and removals (following Nomination 
Committee recommendations) and changing the size and 
composition of the Board;

 ■ Succession planning;
 ■ Determining membership and chairmanship of Board 

Committees;

 ■ Appointment, re-appointment or removal of the external 
auditor (following Audit Committee recommendation);

 ■ Approval of all resolutions and corresponding documentation to 
be put to the shareholders at a general meeting and the annual 
report;

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
Corporate governance continued

49

 ■ Approval of auditor, brokers and principal corporate finance adviser;
 ■ Prosecution, defence or settlement of any material litigation;
 ■ Approval of overall levels of insurance for the Group;
 ■ Major changes to the Group’s pension schemes.

In 2013, the Board met seven times at scheduled meetings and two times at additional meetings to consider other business including 
approval of Interim Management Statements. 

The Chairman, through the Company Secretary, ensures that the Board agenda and all relevant information is circulated to the Board 
directors sufficiently in advance of the meeting. The Chairman and the Company Secretary discuss the agenda in detail ahead of every 
meeting and the Chairman and Chief Executive always have a review meeting ahead of each Board meeting.

At least once annually, the Board travels to and meets at one of Rotork’s locations other than its head office in Bath. This allows the 
Board, and in particular the non-executive directors, the opportunity to gain a deeper understanding of overseas businesses and their 
markets and to interact with local management and staff as well as to view new capital investments and acquisitions. In 2013, the Board 
visited Rotork’s manufacturing facility in Lucca (Italy). The Board met and received presentations from local management. 

Location of Board meetings

■  2013 – Lucca, Italy
■  2012 – Chennai, India
■  2011 – Houston, USA
■  2010 – Lucca, Italy
■  2009 – Bilbao, Spain

All Board directors constructively challenge executive management at Board meetings and are entitled to unfettered access to 
information and management across the Group should they require it. Rotork’s executive directors understand the distinction between 
their roles as executive managers and as Board directors. The Chairman facilitates discussion by ensuring that all Board members have 
the opportunity to fully contribute to all agenda items at Board meetings and he always seeks to obtain unanimous decisions while 
allowing sufficient time for discussion and then drawing discussions to a close in an orderly manner. This means that a range of views are 
offered by both executive and non-executive directors, when the Board discusses any particular issue or topic. Rotork Board members 
come from a variety of professional backgrounds including engineering, legal, accountancy and international sales and collectively 
possess significant managerial experience as well as experience of being company directors of other public limited companies. 

At each Board meeting, the Board receives presentations from senior management regarding that senior manager’s area of responsibility. 
The Board has the opportunity to ask questions to senior management following their presentations. 

The Chief Executive and Finance Director present to the Board the content of preliminary and half year results announcements and the 
Board is invited to comment on and approve those announcements. 

The performance of the Board is enhanced by the good working relationship between the Chief Executive and the Chairman who 
continue to work together to ensure that the best use of the time and talents of the Board are applied at Board meetings. 

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
50

Corporate governance continued

Induction and Development
New Board members receive a suitable and tailored induction.  
This is facilitated by the Company Secretary under the direction of 
the Chairman. No new directors were appointed during the year. 

IG King is the current Senior Independent Director. As part of his 
role, he annually arranges a meeting of the non-executive directors 
to appraise the Chairman’s performance. This feedback is used to 
discuss with the Chairman his performance.

As part of Sally James’ ongoing induction she visited Rotork’s 
manufacturing facilities in Lucca, Italy where she received training 
on Rotork Fluid Systems’ products and met the local workforce.

Directors are encouraged to continually update their professional 
skills and knowledge. During 2013, development activities for the 
directors included:
 ■ Attendance by the non-executive directors and the Chairman at 
a general Rotork products training course covering all Rotork 
products;

 ■ Attendance by the Chairman, Chief Executive and Finance 

Director at a crisis management training course provided by FTI 
Consulting;

 ■ The Chairman of the Remuneration Committee attended an 
Association of British Insurers Investment Conference which 
included presentations and discussions on executive 
remuneration;

 ■ The Chairman of the Audit Committee attended a Financial 

Reporting Council (FRC) seminar for Audit Committee Chairmen 
and attended a number of webinars and workshops on 
technical and governance matters; and 

 ■ All directors received the Rotork anti-bribery and corruption 
e-learning training module and completed this by early 2014.

The Chairman is responsible for reviewing the level and nature of 
training given to the Board of directors at least annually.

Performance Evaluations
During 2013 the Board undertook a detailed review of its 
performance, based on a written questionnaire which was 
designed, in collaboration with the Chairman and Company 
Secretary, by Vivienne Cassley of Useful Thinking, an external 
consultancy, who also provided an analysis on the responses.

The feedback from the review was positive and there was a strong 
sense that the Board has continued to build on the progress made 
in prior years. There is a level of openness and support between 
Board members which allows the Board to function effectively and 
in a way that all members are comfortable with. The review noted 
that improvements had been made this year in the process of 
setting strategy and monitoring the performance of new initiatives 
and acquisitions.

The review also revisited matters raised in 2012, and recorded 
continuing progress in these. For example, during 2013 the Board: 
 ■ Continued to monitor and adjust the processes governing 

identification and management of risk as the Group continues 
to expand and diversify; and

 ■ Appointed new external advisers to the Remuneration 

Committee to advise members in setting appropriate levels  
of remuneration.

Board members identified key areas for focus in 2014, including:
 ■ Succession planning and development of management 

immediately below Board level; and

 ■ Continued focus on longer term product and acquisition 

priorities.

Diversity on the Board
Rotork recognises the benefits that gender diversity can bring to 
the Boardroom and to the Group as a whole. Having met its first 
published target of achieving 25% female representation in its 
independent non-executive directorate last year, Rotork responded 
to Lord Davies’ call for action in the Second Annual Review of 
Women on Boards by announcing the future action it will take to 
improve diversity in senior management and throughout the 
organisation. Rotork has also published a diversity policy which 
covers diversity on the Board and throughout the organisation. 
Details of this policy are set out in the report of the Nomination 
Committee on page 55.

internal Controls and risK manaGement
The Board is cognisant of its responsibility to present a fair, 
balanced and understandable assessment of the Company’s 
position. The Board is responsible for Rotork’s system of internal 
control and risk management and meets at least annually to review 
the effectiveness of it. Internal control can only provide reasonable, 
not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss,  
as it is designed to manage the risks rather than remove  
them altogether.

The system covers controls which enable Rotork to respond 
appropriately to financial, operational, compliance and any other 
risks. The system accords with the Turnbull Guidance, Internal 
Control – Guidance for Directors on the Combined Code, and key 
elements include:
 ■ Robust assurance processes and controls over financial 

reporting procedures;

 ■ A formal schedule of reserved matters for the Board including 

responsibility for reviewing Group strategy;

 ■ Clearly defined levels of authority and a division of 

responsibilities throughout the Group;

 ■ Formal documentation procedures;
 ■ A formal whistleblowing policy with an external whistleblowing 

hotline; and 

 ■ An internal audit function made up of accountants from head 
office and across subsidiaries supported by regular training in 
internal audit, best practice and control procedures to monitor 
and identify weaknesses in internal controls.

All members of the Board receive full Audit Committee papers and 
prior meeting minutes. Additionally, the Audit Committee 
Chairman briefs the Board on the main business of the previous 
Audit Committee meeting as well as making recommendations 
from the Audit Committee to the Board. Board members therefore 
receive information and updates on the work of the Audit 
Committee in reviewing the effectiveness of the Company’s risk 
management and internal control systems throughout the year. 
The Board then carries out its review of the system of internal 
control. 

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
Corporate governance continued

51

Electronic communications are also used by Rotork to 
communicate with its shareholders. All shareholders have been 
asked whether they would like to receive the Annual Report and 
Accounts in electronic form rather than in hard copy form. Any 
shareholders wishing to receive corporate documents electronically 
can do this by registering for the service at www.shareview.co.uk 
and clicking on ‘Register’ under the ‘Portfolio’ section. Rotork also 
make available electronic proxy appointment for shareholders who 
wish to appoint a proxy online to vote at the Company’s AGM.

Board Committees
The Board has Audit, Nomination and Remuneration Committees. 
Each Committee has formal, written terms of reference 
which are available to download from the Rotork website 
www.rotork.com/en/investors/index/committees. All Board 
Committees have four independent non-executive directors within 
their composition. The Group Company Secretary advises and acts 
as Secretary to the Committees.

All Committees have authority to take external, independent 
professional advice at Rotork’s expense for matters relating to the 
discharge of their duties. 

There is a continuous process for identifying, evaluating and 
managing the significant risks faced by Rotork, details of which 
can be found on pages 30 to 31. In the year under review, the 
annual review of the system of internal control identified no 
significant internal control failings or weaknesses. 

The Group’s key risks, changes during the year under review and 
details of processes to manage these risks can be found on pages 
32 to 33.

relations with shareholders
Communication with shareholders is a priority for Rotork and Rotork 
maintains a regular dialogue with its major shareholders. Rotork 
recognises the value of the UK Stewardship Code. In 2013 the Board, 
and in particular the Chief Executive and Finance Director have met 
with the shareholders in a number of ways including:
 ■ Hosting conference calls;
 ■ Hosting webcasts;
 ■ Attending shareholder events;
 ■ Hosting investor site visits;
 ■ Attending conferences;
 ■ Hosting and participating in Roadshows; and
 ■ Arranging ad hoc meetings with shareholders.

Through the Chief Executive, the Chairman ensures that all 
directors are made aware of major shareholder issues and 
concerns and accordingly the Chief Executive reports to the Board 
at each Board meeting on meetings with analysts and fund 
managers as well as shareholders.

During 2013, the Chairman and Company Secretary met with a 
number of institutional investors at the invitation of the Corporate 
Governance Director of a major shareholder to discuss gender 
diversity. The Chairman and Company Secretary also held discussions 
with a major shareholder on various corporate governance issues after 
they responded to a letter from the Company Secretary on behalf of 
the Board seeking feedback on the level of contact they received from 
the Board and in particular the Chairman and the independent 
non-executive directors. All responses received confirmed that the 
level of contact provided was satisfactory.

The Board also received updates and discussed guidance issued by 
professional bodies, including the Institute of Chartered Secretaries 
and Administrators and the 2020 Investor Stewardship Working 
Party (which is comprised of major institutional investors) on 
improving methods of effective engagement with shareholders, 
particularly on issues other than performance such as strategy, 
board effectiveness and governance arrangements which underpin 
sustainable long term performance. The Board also considered the 
Government’s responses following Professor Kay’s review of UK 
equity markets and long term decision making including the 
establishment of an Investor Forum.

Rotork makes constructive use of its AGM as an opportunity for the 
Board to communicate with and answer questions from those 
shareholders who attend in person. The entire Board is normally 
available during the meeting and for lunch following the meeting to 
allow direct interaction between its directors and the shareholders.

Rotork also maintains a comprehensive investor relations section on its 
website which provides a variety of resources for investors including 
current webcasts, presentations and press releases. The website can 
be accessed at www.rotork.com/en/investors. 

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
52

Corporate governance continued

aUdit Committee

sUmmary of 2013 aUdit Committee BUsiness

Month

March

Chairman: JE Nicholas
Members: GB Bullard, SA James, IG King 

During 2013, the Committee focused on the integrity of the 
Group’s financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal and 
external audit. We have monitored changes in governance 
requirements, in particular those relating to audit tendering. The 
Committee’s tendering plans are set out in the following report.

All Committee members are independent non-executive directors. 
The Board considers JE Nicholas, the Chairman of the Committee 
to have recent and relevant financial experience. He and IG King 
both hold a professional accounting qualification. Biographies of 
each member of the Committee can be found on pages 42 to 43. 
The Chairman, Chief Executive, Finance Director and external 
auditor also regularly attend meetings by invitation.

April

August

The Committee operates under formal terms of reference which 
are reviewed annually. A copy of the terms of reference is available 
on the Rotork website www.rotork.com. Principal responsibilities 
are to review and report to the Board on: 
 ■ The integrity of financial reporting;
 ■ Significant accounting policies and judgements;
 ■ Internal control and risk management systems including 

monitoring the effectiveness of internal audit; 

 ■ The appointment, independence and effectiveness of the 

external auditor, including the policy relating to non-audit work 
and policy relating to employment of former staff of the 
external auditor; 

 ■ The external auditor’s remuneration; and
 ■ The whistleblowing policy.

Activities of the Audit Committee during the year
The Committee met five times during the year. A summary of 
principal activities is set out opposite:

November  
(2 meetings)

Principal activities

 – Review of the full year accounts including material 
judgments and estimates, the draft Annual Report 
2012, governance reports and draft results 
announcements.

 – Internal controls and risk management review 

including consideration of processes and procedures 
for risk management, effectiveness of internal 
controls and fraud risk.

 – Review of internal audit reports, the internal audit 

programme, its remit, resourcing and effectiveness, 
and of the need for a separate internal audit 
function.

 – Consideration of and reporting to the Board on the 
external auditor’s independence, objectivity and 
effectiveness including the annual audit. The 
auditor’s representation letter, views on the control 
environment and fraud risk management; and 
reappointment of the external auditor, including 
whether it is appropriate to put the external audit 
contract out to tender.

 – Meeting with the external auditor without the 

presence of management.

 – Consideration of accounting and corporate 

governance developments.

 – Review of non-audit services undertaken by the 

external auditor.

 – Interim Management Statement review.

 – Review of the interim accounts including material 

judgments, estimates and draft results 
announcements. 

 – Internal controls and risk management review 

including reviewing policies and procedures for 
preventing bribery and corruption and 
consideration of significant internal audit reports.
 – Review of external auditor’s report on the interim 
accounts and the proposed full year external audit 
scope, key risks, materiality and year-end issues.
 – Review of non-audit services undertaken by the 

external auditor.

 – Meeting with the external auditor without the 

presence of management.

 – Consideration of accounting and corporate 

governance developments.

 – Consideration of future plans regarding submitting 

the external audit for tender.

 – Interim Management Statement review.

 – Internal controls and risk management review 
including key risks and mitigating controls; 
processes and procedures for risk management and 
consideration of significant internal audit reports.

 – Review of the policy on employment of former 

audit staff and policy on and extent of non-audit 
services provided by the external auditor.
 – Consideration of the external auditor’s fees, 

engagement letter and risk of them leaving the 
market.

 – Review of whistleblowing policy and hotline
 – Annual review of Audit Committee effectiveness 

and Terms of Reference.

 – Consideration of accounting and corporate 

governance developments.

 – Consideration of Audit Committee Schedule of 

Work 2014.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
Corporate governance continued

53

External Auditor
KPMG and its predecessor firms have been auditor to the Group 
for over fifty years and during this time a tender has not been 
conducted. The fees for this work carried out by KMPG are set out 
in note 8 of the report and accounts.

During 2013, the Committee considered how to achieve a high 
quality audit for the Group as a whole and decided to bring all 
external audit work under one firm. The Committee considers that 
the appropriate means of achieving this is to offer all the external 
audit work for tender.

The Committee also considered the timing and process of the 
tender against a background of substantial regulatory 
developments. It concluded that it was in the best interests of the 
Group to commence the tender process following the publication 
of the 2013 results. It also concluded that, in view of the extensive 
period that KPMG has been auditor and the pending EU regulatory 
change which is likely to require a change of auditor, KPMG would 
not be invited to tender. Pending the selection and appointment of 
a new audit firm, the Board is recommending the appointment of 
KPMG at the AGM. The result of the tender and appropriate 
transition arrangements will be advised in due course.

The Committee assesses the effectiveness of the external audit 
process and the quality of the audit work throughout the year.

The assessment considers:
 ■ Any issues arising from the prior year audit;
 ■ The proposed audit plan including identification of risks specific 

to Rotork, audit scope and materiality thresholds;

 ■ Staffing continuity and experience;
 ■ The delivery of the audit in line with the plan;
 ■ Matters arising during the audit and the communication of 

these to the Committee;

 ■ Feedback from executive management;
 ■ Private meetings with the auditor without management being 

present;

 ■ The independence, objectivity and scepticism of the auditor; and
 ■ The FRC audit quality review report on selected audits 

undertaken by KPMG.

Having completed this review, the Committee agreed that the 
audit process, independence and quality were satisfactory.

Financial Reporting
A key role of the Committee in relation to financial reporting is to 
review the quality and appropriateness of the interim and year end 
financial statements with a particular focus on:
 ■ Accounting policies and practices;
 ■ The clarity of disclosures and compliance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards, UK company law and the UK 
Corporate Governance Code;

 ■ Material areas in which significant judgements have been applied 
or where there has been discussion with the external auditor; and
 ■ Upon request of the Board, advising the Board on whether the 
annual report and financial statements are fair, balanced and 
understandable and provide the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s performance as a whole.

To assist the Committee, the Finance Director presents a detailed 
report at each meeting outlining significant matters and the 
external auditor presents a report on the work they have 
undertaken.

The principal matters of judgement considered by the Committee 
in relation to the 2013 accounts and how they were addressed 
were:
 ■ Goodwill impairment testing. The year end balance sheet 

includes Goodwill of £105m, this represents approximately 
21.7% of the Group assets. The Committee reviewed the 
carrying value of Goodwill by examining a report from the 
Finance Director which set out the values attributable to each 
cash generating unit, the expected value in use, based on 
projected cash flows and the key economic assumptions related 
to growth rates and discount values. The Committee also 
considered the work undertaken by KPMG in testing the 
projections.

The Committee discussed the appropriateness of the 
assumptions used and compared expected growth rates to 
historic averages and the discount rate to the Group weighted 
average cost of capital and appropriate risk premiums. The 
Committee also considered whether it was possible that a 
reasonable change in assumptions might indicate impairment. 
The Committee challenged the use of a single discount rate for 
the Group but after discussion, it was satisfied that the 
assumptions and the disclosures in the report and accounts 
were appropriate.

 ■ Acquired intangible assets. During 2013, the Group acquired 

four businesses, the largest of these was Schischek which was 
acquired in January. The Committee reviewed the accounting 
and reporting in relation to these acquisitions, in particular the 
determination and valuation of intangible assets. 

The Committee considered this report together with comments 
from KPMG; it also examined the disclosures in the report and 
accounts and concluded the judgements made were reasonable 
and that the reporting was accurate.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
 
 
54

Corporate governance continued

Other Matters
In accordance with its terms of reference, the Committee carried 
out a review of its effectiveness, including how it discharged its 
responsibilities and terms of reference. The Committee’s activities 
were also reviewed as part of the external review of Board 
effectiveness during the year. Details of this process can be found 
on page 50.

Throughout the year, the Committee also considered relevant 
accounting and corporate governance developments.

Non-Audit Services
In order to safeguard the independence and objectivity of the external 
auditor, the Board has adopted a policy on non-audit services which 
restricts the work and fees available to the external audit firm.

The policy specifies certain activities which the external auditor 
may not undertake such as work relating to financial statements 
which may be subject to external audits or management or 
significant involvement with internal audit services.

For work within the policy scope, namely anything other than 
audit, half year review or tax compliance work, authority has been 
delegated to the Finance Director to approve fees of up to £10,000 
per project or £40,000 in aggregate for general work, £50,000 in 
aggregate for tax work and £10,000 for acquisition related work. 
Non-audit work above these levels requires the prior approval of 
the Committee Chairman or the Committee as a whole.

At each Committee meeting, a summary is provided of all 
non-audit services awarded to KPMG during the year.

An analysis of fees paid to KPMG, including the split between 
audit and non-audit is included in note 8 of the report and 
accounts. The total non-audit fees for 2013 represent 51% of the 
audit fee paid.

Internal Controls and Risk Management
The Committee has responsibility for reviewing and monitoring the 
effectiveness of the Group’s control environment, internal audit 
and risk management process.

During the year, the Committee considered reports on internal 
control from the Finance Director and reports on procedures to 
prevent bribery and corruption from the Company Secretary.  
The Committee was satisfied with the arrangements in place.

The Group does not have a separate independent internal audit 
function but does have a well established internal audit approach 
of using staff from one division to undertake audits in a different 
division. This arrangement encourages the sharing of best practice 
and provides career development for the staff involved. External 
resource is used to supplement the internal team where specific 
technical or language expertise is required. The Committee 
receives a report at each meeting on the activities of internal audit, 
any significant matters arising and the management response. The 
Committee reviews each year, the internal audit arrangements 
including the annual audit plan and staffing. It also considers 
whether a separate internal audit activity is required. The 
Committee recognises that the increasing size of the Group is likely 
to require some dedicated internal audit resource in the future but 
it is satisfied with the effectiveness of the current arrangements at 
this time.

The Group has operated a risk management process for several 
years. The process draws on divisional operating management 
considering and assessing the risks in each of their businesses.  
This leads in due course to a Group meeting at which the principal 
risks, mitigation and management are reviewed. All Committee 
members are invited to this meeting and in 2013 three members 
attended. The Committee gains a detailed understanding of the 
risk management process and considers the process effective. 

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
Corporate governance continued

nomination Committee

55

Chairman: RC Lockwood 
Members: GB Bullard, PI France, SA James, IG King, JE Nicholas 

The Nomination Committee is responsible for leading the process 
for Board appointments and making recommendations to the 
Board; ensuring succession planning is in place; reviewing the 
balance of skills and experience on the Board; regularly reviewing 
the structure, size and composition of the Board, including its 
balance of skills, knowledge and experience and making 
recommendations as appropriate.

Activities of the Committee during the year
The Committee formally met once during the year and considered 
the balance of skills, knowledge and experience on the Board and 
improvements that could be made in that regard. 

The Committee also considered succession planning in order to 
satisfy itself that plans are in place for an orderly succession for 
appointments to the Board and senior management to maintain an 
appropriate balance of skills and experience within the Group and to 
ensure progressive refreshing of the Board.

All members of the Committee were involved in discussions 
concerning consideration of an appropriate shortlist of external 
search consultants to advise the Committee and during the year, 
following this review exercise, Korn/Ferry were appointed as the 
Committee’s external search consultants.

Following the appointment of Korn/Ferry, they were briefed on a 
search for an additional non-executive director and this activity 
was ongoing to year end and beyond.

Diversity Policy 
The Board is committed to maintaining an appropriate balance of 
skills and experience on its Board through a diverse mix of skills, 
experience, knowledge and background. In considering diversity, 
gender will play an important role but the Board will take account 
of ethnicity, nationality, background, profession and personality. 

The Board will take a number of voluntary actions to improve 
diversity including: only using external search consultants (where 
such consultants are engaged to make an appointment) which 
have signed up to the Voluntary Code of Conduct for Executive 
Search Firms and assisting the development of the executive 
pipeline by encouraging senior employees to take on additional 
roles, such as seeking non-executive director roles, to gain valuable 
board experience.

More generally throughout the organisation, the Diversity Policy 
also states other actions the Group will take including training 
management on diversity by the end of 2014, providing senior 
mentors to employees progressing through the Group to guide 
career progression and, through the use of technology, promoting 
flexible working arrangements. It is expected that these actions will 
contribute to a more diverse pool of talent throughout the Group.

remUneration Committee
The work of the Remuneration Committee is described in the 
Remuneration Report on pages 56 to 69 of the Report of the 
Directors.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
56

directors’ remuneration report

statement from the Chairman of the  
remUneration Committee

Chairman: GB Bullard 
Members: SA James, IG King, JE Nicholas

Activities of the Remuneration Committee during the year
The Committee met six times during the year.

During 2013, the Remuneration Committee (Committee) closely 
monitored developments relating to remuneration and in particular 
in relation to the preparation of the Company’s first remuneration 
policy to be approved by shareholders. The Directors’ 
Remuneration Report is split into two parts:
 ■ The Policy Report, which sets out the Company’s proposed 
policy on directors’ remuneration. The proposed policy is 
subject to a binding shareholder vote at the 2014 AGM and 
after that every third year; and

 ■ The Annual Report on Remuneration discloses the payments 

and awards made to the directors and shows the link between 
remuneration and the Group’s performance. The annual report 
on remuneration together with this introductory statement is 
subject to an advisory shareholder vote at the 2014 AGM.

Throughout the year the Committee has considered updates on 
best practice from relevant providers of corporate governance 
guidance including the Association of British Insurers, the National 
Association of Pension Funds (NAPF) and Institutional Shareholder 
Services/Research, Recommendation and Electronic Voting  
(ISS/RREV). The Group supports the continued drive for 
improvement of best practice and for greater focus on 
transparency, moderation, simplicity and a closer alignment  
of the interests of the directors with those of the shareholders.

As set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration, the Company 
performed well against its targets in 2013 resulting in an annual 
cash bonus payout of 94.4% of the maximum bonus opportunity 
available and a Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) vesting rate of 67% 
for the 2011 award (which vests based on performance to  
31 December 2013).

In 2014, the Committee will continue to be mindful of employee 
remuneration conditions around the Group when determining 
salary adjustments and does not intend to make awards under  
the LTIP of more than 100% of basic salary. 

sUmmary of 2013 remUneration Committee BUsiness

Month

Principal activities

March 
(2 meetings)

 – Approval of LTIP award levels and bonus 

opportunity for 2013 for executive directors and 
other members of senior management;

 – Approval of the Remuneration Report 2012; and
 – Consideration on executive remuneration principles 

of NAPF and others.

 – Consideration and approval of Chairman’s fees for 

2013-2015.

June

 – Review of AGM voting outcome and feedback from 

shareholders;

 – Review of LTIP performance;
 – Consideration of a PwC report on executive 

remuneration trends; and

 – Consideration of published new directors’ 

remuneration reporting regulations

August

 – Consideration of remuneration policy to be 

approved by shareholders; and

 – Consideration and approval of New Bridge Street 

(NBS) as advisor to the Committee.

November

 – Consideration of the first draft of the remuneration 

policy to be approved by shareholders.

December

 – Approval of the Committee’s schedule of work for 

2014;

 – Consideration of current investor guidance from 
Association of British Insurers on remuneration;
 – Consideration of salary benchmarking report from 

NBS;

 – Setting of basic salary for executive directors;
 – Approval of the remuneration policy to be approved 

by shareholders; and

 – Approval of introduction of clawback to the LTIP.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
57

remUneration report
The Company’s first policy report is presented to shareholders by the Board at the AGM for approval, along with the Annual Report on 
Remuneration. The auditor is required to report on the information concerning the single figure of remuneration, total pension 
entitlements, scheme interests awarded during the financial year, payments made to past directors (if any), payments for loss of office  
(if any) and the statement of directors’ shareholdings and share interests shown within the Annual Report on Remuneration.

poliCy report
This report sets out the policy of the Company on the remuneration of the directors. This policy will be put to shareholders for approval at the 
AGM of the Company to be held on 25 April 2014 and will take effect from that date.

Role of the Remuneration Committee
The principal role of the Committee is to determine the framework and policy for remuneration of the executive directors and the 
Chairman, ensuring that remuneration levels are sufficient but not excessive in order to attract, retain and motivate directors of the 
quality required to run the Company. 

The full terms of reference of the Committee can be found on the Company’s website at: www.rotork.com/en/investors/index/committees. 
Key responsibilities include:
 ■ Within the approved policy, determining individual remuneration packages for the Chairman and executive directors, including the 
terms of any discretionary share schemes in which executive directors may be invited to participate, taking account of the level of 
remuneration for other Rotork Management Board members and being aware of remuneration conditions throughout the Group; 
 ■ Agreeing the terms and conditions to be included in service agreements for executive directors, including termination payments; and
 ■ Selecting, appointing and setting terms of reference with any remuneration consultants who may advise the Committee.

Consideration of conditions elsewhere in the Company
The Committee is sensitive to employee remuneration conditions in the Company and in determining remuneration takes account of 
remuneration conditions throughout the Company. While the Committee does not consult with employees on remuneration, it does 
invite the Group Human Resources Director to its meetings to provide, amongst other things, details of employee remuneration 
conditions and metrics such as pay rises awarded to employees.

Consideration of shareholder views
In formulating the Remuneration Policy, the Committee takes into account guidance issued by shareholder trade associations, including 
the Association of British Insurers, the NAPF and ISS/RREV. The Committee also takes into consideration any views expressed by 
shareholders during the year (including at the AGM) and encourages an open dialogue with its largest shareholders. Major shareholders 
would be consulted in advance about changes to the approved Remuneration Policy or any significant changes to the way in which it is 
implemented.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
58

directors’ remuneration report continued

Overview of the directors’ Remuneration Policy

direCtors’ fUtUre poliCy taBle

Element of 
remuneration

Base salary

Purpose and how it
supports the strategy

How the element operates (including  
maximum amounts payable)

To attract and retain 
executive directors of 
the right calibre and 
provide a core level of 
reward for the role. 

Framework used to assess performance

N/A

N/A

Salary levels (and subsequent salary increases) are set 
after taking into account the responsibilities of the 
role, the value of the individual in terms of skills, 
experience and personal contribution, company 
performance, internal relativities and pay conditions, 
and external market data (benchmarked against 
companies of a similar size and complexity and other 
companies in the same industry sector). The 
Committee also considers the impact of any increase 
to salaries on the total remuneration package.

Salaries are paid monthly and reviewed annually 
(salaries are normally reviewed in December, with 
any changes effective from 1 January). Details of the 
current salaries of the executive directors are set out 
in the Annual Report on Remuneration. 

Any salary increase will ordinarily be in line with the 
typical increase (as a percentage of salary) applied to 
the UK workforce. However, the Committee retains 
the discretion to award a higher increase if 
appropriate. For example, where there is a change in 
responsibility, progression in the role or to reflect the 
increased experience of the individual.

The range of benefits that may be provided is set by 
the Committee after taking into account local market 
practice in the country where the executive is based. 
The executive directors’ benefits currently comprise a 
car and fuel, or car and fuel allowance, personal 
accident insurance for UK executive directors only 
and private medical insurance. Additional benefits 
may be provided, as appropriate. 

Executive directors are also entitled to membership 
of the all-employee Rotork Share Incentive Plan (SIP), 
or Overseas Profit Linked Share Scheme (OPLSS), 
within the maximum limits as set by HMRC.

There is no prescribed maximum level, but the 
Committee monitors the overall cost of the benefit 
provision to ensure that it remains appropriately 
proportionate.

Benefits

To attract and retain 
executive directors of 
the right calibre by 
providing a market 
competitive level of 
benefit provision.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
59

Framework used to assess performance

The executive annual bonus is focussed on the 
delivery of strategically important performance 
measures. These include demanding financial and 
non-financial measures. The financial measures 
(which account for the majority of the bonus 
potential) are currently based on annual profit target, 
three year profit growth, earnings per share and cash 
generation. The non-financial measures currently 
include the accident frequency rate and CO2 
emissions. However, the Committee may use 
different measures and/or weightings for future 
bonus cycles to take into account changes in the 
strategic needs of the business. 

For each measure, normally a sliding scale of 
stretching targets is set by the Committee, which 
apply from the beginning of each financial year.  
The threshold level of bonus under each financial 
measure varies but accounts for no more than one 
third of the maximum bonus opportunity under any 
single measure. Under the terms of the bonus plan, 
the Committee has the discretion, in exceptional 
circumstances, to amend previously set targets or to 
adjust the proposed payout to ensure a fair and 
appropriate outcome. 

Awards under the LTIP are currently subject to two 
performance conditions. Half of the awards are 
subject to an earnings per share performance 
condition and half of the awards are subject to a 
relative total shareholder return (TSR) performance 
condition, each measured over three financial years. 
The TSR performance condition is also subject to an 
underpin relating to underlying financial performance. 
A sliding scale of targets is set for each measure with 
no more than 25% of the award (under each 
measure) vesting for achieving the threshold 
performance hurdle. The performance targets are set 
prior to the grant of each award. Different targets 
and/or weightings between measures may be set for 
future award cycles.

Under the LTIP rules approved by shareholders,  
the Committee has the discretion to amend the 
targets applying to existing awards in exceptional 
circumstances providing the new targets are no  
less challenging than originally envisaged. The 
Committee also has the power to adjust the number 
of shares subject to an award in the event of a 
variation in the capital of the Company.

Element of 
remuneration

Purpose and how it
supports the strategy

How the element operates (including  
maximum amounts payable)

The maximum annual bonus potential is 125% of 
salary for the Chief Executive and 100% of salary for 
other Executive Directors. Bonuses are paid in cash.

Annual Cash 
Bonus

Drives and rewards 
performance against 
annual financial and 
operational goals 
which are consistent 
with the medium to 
long term strategic 
needs of the business.

Long Term 
Incentive Plan 
(LTIP)

To incentivise long 
term value creation 
and alignment with 
shareholder interests. 

The LTIP permits an annual grant of shares which 
vest subject to performance and continued 
employment. The LTIP awards will be granted in 
accordance with the rules of the plan, which were 
approved by shareholders in 2010, and the 
discretions contained therein. A copy of the rules is 
available on request from the Company Secretary.

Under the rules of the LTIP, the maximum award size 
is 150% of salary. Details of the proposed award 
level for 2014 are set out in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration. 

Awards under the LTIP may be granted in the form 
of conditional shares, forfeitable shares, nil-cost 
options or cash (where the award cannot be settled 
in shares). Awards are currently structured as nil-cost 
options. 

The executive directors are also subject to a 
shareholding requirement to build and maintain a 
shareholding in Rotork equivalent to 150% of salary.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
60

directors’ remuneration report continued

Element of 
remuneration

Purpose and how it
supports the strategy

How the element operates (including  
maximum amounts payable)

Framework used to assess performance

Pension

To provide a market 
competitive 
remuneration package 
to enable the 
recruitment and 
retention of the 
executive directors.

The Company may fund contributions to a director’s 
pension as appropriate. This may include 
participation in the Company’s defined benefit 
pension schemes (which are now closed to new 
members), contributions to a money purchase 
scheme and/or payment of a cash allowance where 
appropriate. 

N/A

Chairman and 
non-executive 
directors’ fees

To attract and retain 
non-executive 
directors of the right 
calibre.

Further details on the Company’s policy on pension 
arrangements (including maximum entitlements) are 
set out below this table. 

Life assurance is provided for executive directors 
based in the UK only.

Fees for the Chairman and non-executive directors 
are reviewed periodically.

N/A

Non-executive director fees are determined by the 
Chairman and Chief Executive. The fees for the 
Chairman are determined by the Committee taking 
into account views of the Chief Executive. The 
Chairman excludes himself from such discussions. 

The fees for the non-executive directors (which are 
paid quarterly in cash) normally comprise a basic 
Board fee, with additional fees paid to the Senior 
Independent Director and for chairing a Committee. 
The fee levels set are set by reference to rates in 
companies of comparable size and complexity. The 
fee levels are reviewed periodically taking into 
account the responsibilities of the role and the time 
commitment of the individual.

The maximum aggregate fee level is £500,000, as 
set out in the Company’s Articles of Association.

Performance measures
Performance measures are used to determine the extent of any awards made under the variable elements of the executive directors’ 
remuneration mix, being the annual cash bonus and the LTIP. The performance measures used are set out in the directors’ future policy table 
above. The performance measures were selected because of their use as key performance indicators (KPIs) to assess Company performance and 
to align the interests of the directors to those of the shareholders. Non-financial KPIs constitute part of the annual cash bonus award and these 
are selected to ensure that performance measured by financial KPIs is not delivered at the expense of important non-financial considerations, in 
this case the safety of Rotork’s people and Rotork’s impact on the environment. 

Clawback and malus
The payment of any bonus is at the ultimate discretion of the Committee and the Committee also retains an absolute discretion to 
reclaim some, or all, of any annual bonus paid in exceptional circumstances, such as misstatement of results, an error in the calculation of 
the performance targets and/or award size and gross misconduct. 

In terms of the LTIP, the Committee has the discretion to reclaim some, or all, of a vested LTIP award in exceptional circumstances (the 
categories for clawback being the same as for the annual bonus plan). In addition, the Committee may lapse or reduce an award prior to 
vesting where the participant is found to be guilty of serious misconduct. 

Pension policy
PI France and JM Davis are active members of the Rotork Pension and Life Assurance Scheme (a defined benefit pension scheme). If they 
remain active members of this pension scheme until their normal retirement age of 60 and 65 respectively, PI France will be entitled to a 
pension of 66.7% of the earnings cap and JM Davis will be entitled to a pension of 47.5% of the earnings cap (which is currently set at 
£141,000 per annum) but may increase in line with inflation. These figures ignore any benefits transferred from another pension 
arrangement and the tax implications of remaining in the Rotork Pension scheme until normal retirement age. In addition, they receive a 
cash allowance on salary above the cap (22.5% for PI France and 18% for JM Davis). GM Ogden is a preserved member of the Rotork 
Pension and Life Assurance Scheme and now receives a cash allowance of 44% of salary in lieu of pension. RH Arnold is a member of 
the Rotork Controls Inc. pension scheme and a supplementary executive retirement plan, which in aggregate are targeted to provide a 
pension of 60% of uncapped basic salary at age 65. The Company’s defined benefit pension schemes in the UK and USA are closed to 
new entrants. The pension arrangement that would be offered to a new executive director would be limited to a maximum 25% of 
salary cash allowance or contribution to one of the Company’s defined contribution schemes and/or continued participation in a defined 
benefit scheme if the executive is an existing member of one of the schemes.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
61

Differences between the policy on directors’ remuneration and the policy on employee remuneration
The Board recognises that it is appropriate for a significant proportion of executive directors’ remuneration to be contingent on the 
performance of the Company and that such remuneration is at risk subject to the satisfaction of stretching performance conditions. 
Consequently, executive directors are invited to participate in the LTIP where shares awarded will vest contingent upon performance 
conditions over a three-year period. Executive directors are also invited to participate in the annual cash bonus scheme which will result 
in a cash bonus payment being made if targets are achieved. For employee remuneration, the Board considers it more appropriate  
that employees share in the success of the Company through a profit based bonus plan which is based on the performance of their 
business unit. This is coupled with the opportunity, for eligible employees, to receive free shares from the Company, paid from the 
Company’s profits. 

Approach to recruitment remuneration
Base salary levels will be set in accordance with Rotork’s remuneration policy, taking into account the experience and calibre of the 
individual and their existing remuneration package. Where it is appropriate to offer a lower salary initially, a series of increases to the 
desired salary positioning may be given over subsequent years subject to individual performance. Benefits will generally be provided in 
accordance with the approved policy, with relocation expenses/an expatriate allowance paid for if necessary.

The structure of the variable pay element will be in accordance with Rotork’s approved policy detailed above. The maximum aggregate 
variable pay opportunity under the policy is up to 275% of salary for the role of Chief Executive and up to 250% of salary for other 
executive directors. Different performance measures may be set initially for the annual bonus, taking into account the responsibilities  
of the individual, and the point in the financial year that the executive joined. 

In the case of an external hire, it may be necessary to buy-out incentive pay or benefit arrangements (which would be forfeited on 
leaving the previous employer). This would be provided for taking into account the form (cash or shares) and timing and expected value 
(i.e. likelihood of meeting any existing performance criteria) of the remuneration being forfeited. Replacement share awards, if used, may 
be granted using Rotork’s existing share plans to the extent possible, although awards may also be granted outside of these schemes if 
necessary and as permitted under the Listing Rules. 

In the case of an internal hire, any outstanding variable pay awarded in relation to the previous role will be allowed to pay out according 
to its terms of grant.

Fees for a new Chairman or non-executive director will be set in line with the approved policy.

Service contracts and policy on payments for loss of office
Under the executive directors’ service contracts twelve months’ notice of termination of employment is required by either party (except in 
the case of RH Arnold, see below). Should notice be served, the executives can continue to receive basic salary, benefits and pension for 
the duration of their notice period during which time the Company may require the individual to continue to fulfil their current duties or, 
for PI France or JM Davis, may assign a period of garden leave. The Company applies a general principle of mitigation in relation to 
termination payments and the service contracts for PI France and JM Davis (which reflect the policy to be used for future hires) expressly 
include the use of monthly phased payments following termination in lieu of notice which can be reduced to the extent that alternative 
remunerated employment is found. 

The service contracts for PI France and JM Davis also enable the Company to elect to make a payment in lieu of notice equivalent in value 
to twelve months’ base salary only. 

RH Arnold does not have a signed service agreement in place. Instead the conditions of his employment are governed by local state law 
(he is resident in the USA). The Company may terminate his employment without notice or compensation (providing it meets any 
employer obligations such as the settlement of unpaid holiday entitlement and sick leave). 

In the event of cessation of employment, the executives may still be eligible for a bonus at the discretion of the Committee, payable in 
cash, on a pro-rata basis, but only for the period of time served from the start of the financial year to the date of termination and not for 
any period in lieu of notice. Different performance measures (to the other executive directors) may be set for the bonus for the period up 
until departure, as appropriate, to reflect changes in responsibility. 

The rules of the LTIP set out what happens to awards if a participant leaves employment before the end of the vesting period. Generally, 
any outstanding share awards will lapse when an executive leaves employment except in certain circumstances. If the executive leaves 
employment as a result of death, injury, retirement, transfer of employment or any other reason at the discretion of the Committee, then 
they will be treated as a ‘good leaver’ under the plan rules. The shares for a good leaver will vest subject to an assessment of 
performance, with a pro-rata reduction to reflect the proportion of the vesting period served. For awards granted in 2013 and prior, the 
awards for a good leaver will vest on cessation of employment. For awards to be granted in 2014 and beyond, the awards for a good 
leaver will vest on the normal vesting date, unless the Committee determines that they should vest early (for example, following the 
death of the participant). In determining whether an executive should be treated as a good leaver and the extent to which their award 
may vest (up to the pro-rated amount), the Committee will take into account the circumstances of an individual’s departure.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
62

directors’ remuneration report continued

Outplacement services and reimbursement of legal costs may be provided where appropriate. 

Any statutory entitlements or sums to settle or compromise claims in connection with a termination would be paid as necessary.

Illustration of the application of the remuneration policy
The charts below illustrate how the remuneration policy would function for minimum, on target and maximum performance for  
2014 for each executive director. 

£1,200,000

£800,000

£400,000

£0

RH Arnold

£900,000

£600,000

PI France

JM Davis

£1,600,000

£1,517,400

£1,000,000

28%

35%

£989,600

11%

32%

£567,300

100%

57%

37%

£750,000

£500,000

£250,000

£936,600

30%

30%

£608,900

12%

28%

£366,600

100%

60%

40%

Minimum On Target Maximum

£0

Minimum On Target Maximum

£768,900

32%

32%

£489,400
12%

£300,000

£282,900

30%

100%

58%

36%

GM Ogden

£800,000

£600,000

£400,000

£200,000

£723,200

28%

28%

£487,100
11%

£312,600

25%

100%

64%

44%

£0

Minimum On Target Maximum

£0

Minimum On Target Maximum

Footnote to charts:
Salary levels (and consequently the other elements of the remuneration package which are calculated as a percentage of salary) are based on those applying on 1 January 2014. 
Taxable benefits are shown as the cost to the Company of supplying those benefits for the year ending 31 December 2013. On target performance, for illustrative purposes, 
assumes achievement of 60% of the maximum available bonus and threshold LTIP vesting (25% of the maximum). Maximum performance assumes achievement of the 
maximum bonus and full vesting of the LTIP shares. The LTIP grant level for all executives is 100% of salary. No share price growth has been assumed and for simplicity, the 
benefit derived from participating in the Company’s all employee SIP or OPLSS have been excluded.

Multiple period variable remuneration
Annual variable remuneration
Fixed remuneration

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
63

annUal report on rem Uneration
Single figure of remuneration (£000s) (Audited)
Executive directors

Salary

Benefits(i)

Annual  
cash bonus

LTIP(ii)

Pension and  
related benefits

Total  
remuneration

Name

RH Arnold
JM Davis
PI France
GM Ogden

2013

240
270
412
200

2012

228
262
400
195

2013

2012

17
18
18
17

17
17
17
17

2013

226
255
486
189

2012

208
239
457
178

2013

242
264
412
204

2012

360
321
573
287

2013

32
116
126
88

2012

2013

2012

92
91
92
79

757
923
1,454
698

905
930
1,539
756

(i)  The benefit value consists of a car and fuel (or a car and fuel allowance), private medical insurance (executive director only) and the cash value on allocation of SIP and OPLSS 

share awards as appropriate.

(ii)  The 2013 figures relate to the vesting of the 2011 LTIP award which vests based on performance to 31 December 2013. The award vested at 67% and has been valued using 

the average share price for the period 1 October to 31 December 2013. The award will vest in March 2014.

Directors not performing an executive function

Name

GB Bullard
SA James
IG King
RC Lockwood
JE Nicholas

Base Fees

Additional fees

Total remuneration

2013

40
40
40
140 
40

2012

40
26
40
115
40

2013

2012

6
–
7
–
7

6
–
7
–
7

2013

46
40
47
140
47

2012

46
26
47
115
47

Additional fees relate to the supplementary fee paid to the Chairmen of the Audit and Remuneration Committees and the Senior 
Independent Director.

All directors have confirmed that, save as disclosed in the single figures of remuneration tables above, they have not received any other 
items in the nature of remuneration.

Annual Cash Bonus for 2013
The annual cash bonus is calculated according to targets which total 80% and which are allocated to directors at 100% of basic salary, 
except for the Chief Executive where the allocation is 125% of basic salary. The targets, weightings and achievement in relation to 
performance in 2013 are as follows:

Performance 
required at 
target 

% payable 
at target 
performance

Performance 
required at 
maximum

% payable at 
maximum

Performance 
outcome

% bonus 
awarded

<0.43
-1.5%
100%
120.2p
£140.0m
£142.6m

<0.43
5%
-1.5%
5%
10%
100%
10% 120.2p
15% £155.6m
15% £154.0m

0.33
5%
-7.1%
5%
10%
99.6%
10% 124.9p
25% £151.8m
25% £151.4m

–

60%

–

80%

–

5.0%
5.0%
9.7%
10.0%
22.6%
23.2%

75.5%

Accident Frequency Rate
CO2 reduction
Cash generation
EPS growth
Three year profit growth
Annual profit target

Total

Overall this resulted in the following bonus payments:
 ■ RH Arnold – £226,000 (94.4% of salary)
 ■ JM Davis – £255,000 (94.4% of salary)
 ■ PI France – £486,000 (118.0% of salary)
 ■ GM Ogden – £189,000 (94.4% of salary)

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
64

directors’ remuneration report continued

Long Term Incentive Plan
The Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) rewards the creation of shareholder value which is a strategic priority. Performance is 
measured over a three year period using a combination of earnings per share, growth and relative total shareholder return (TSR) 
compared to a comparator group. The performance measures and weightings are summarised in the table below. 

The awards granted and vesting under this plan to the executives are detailed in the table below:

RH Arnold

JM Davis

PI France

GM Ogden

Note

Year of grant

(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)

(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)

(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)

(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)

2010
2011
2012
2013

2010
2011
2012
2013

2010
2011
2012
2013

2010
2011
2012
2013

Awards at 
1 January 
2013

16,170
12,904
11,114
–

40,188

14,418
14,076
12,654
–

41,148

25,378
21,994
19,314
–

Awards 
granted 
during 
the year

–
–
–
8,362

Awards 
vesting 
during 
the year

(12,208)
–
–
–

Awards 
lapsed 
during 
the year

(3,962)
–
–
–

Awards at 
31 December 
2013

–
12,904
11,114
8,362

8,362

(12,208)

(3,962)

32,380

–
–
–
9,292

(10,885)
–
–
–

(3,533)
–
–
–

–
14,076
12,654
9,292

9,292

(10,885)

(3,533)

36,022

–
–
–
14,182

(19,432)
–
–
–

(5,946)
–
–
–

–
21,994
19,314
14,182

66,686

14,182

(19,432)

(5,946)

55,490

12,870
10,888
9,412
–

33,170

–
–
–
6,984

(9,716)
–
–
–

(3,154)
–
–
–

–
10,888
9,412
6,984

6,984

(9,716)

(3,154)

27,284

Vesting Date

7 March 2013
6 March 2014
5 March 2015
3 March 2016

7 March 2013
6 March 2014
5 March 2015
3 March 2016

7 March 2013
6 March 2014
5 March 2015
3 March 2016

7 March 2013
6 March 2014
5 March 2015
3 March 2016

(i)   The 2010 awards were subject to TSR and EPS performance to 31 December 2012 (each condition accounting for 50% of the award). TSR was measured relative to a 

bespoke group of 17 comparable companies with the Company’s TSR performance over the three-year performance period required to be at least equal to the performance 
of the median company in the comparator group for 25% of the awards to vest, increasing on a straight line basis to 100% of the awards vesting if the TSR performance 
was equal to or above the upper quartile. Rotork’s actual TSR performance was 123% resulting in 51% of the TSR element of the award vesting. The Company’s EPS growth 
over the three-year performance period had to be at least equal to RPI + 10% for 15% of the awards to vest, increasing on a straight line basis to 100% of the awards 
vesting if the EPS growth was equal to RPI + 25%. Rotork’s actual EPS growth was 39% resulting in 100% of the EPS element of the award vesting. The overall vesting of 
the awards was 75.5% and the total number of shares vesting in respect of all executives was therefore 52,241. The shares vested on 7 March 2013 and were exercised on 
the same date. The share price on that date was £29.50.

(ii)   The 2011 awards were based on TSR and EPS performance to 31 December 2013 (each condition accounting for 50% of the award). TSR was measured relative to a bespoke 

group of 18 comparable companies with 25% vesting at median increasing to full vesting for upper quartile performance or above. For the EPS condition, EPS growth must 
be at least RPI + 10% for 25% vesting, increasing on a straight-line basis to full vesting for EPS growth of RPI + 25% and above. Rotork’s actual TSR performance was 72% 
resulting in 34% of the TSR element of the award vesting. Rotork’s actual EPS growth was 42.6% resulting in 100% of the EPS element of the award vesting. The overall 
vesting of the awards was 67% and the total number of shares vesting in respect of all Executives was therefore 40,104. The shares will vest in March 2014.

(iii)  The performance conditions for the 2012 awards are based on performance to 31 December 2014. The targets are the same as for the 2011 awards except that the TSR 

comparator group is the FTSE 250 Index excluding all financial services, insurance companies and investment trusts.

(iv)  The 2013 awards were granted on 7 March 2013 and are subject to the same performance targets as the 2012 awards (albeit based on performance to 31 December 2015). 

Further details on the awards are set out in the table below.

LTIP awards made during the year (Audited)

RH Arnold
JM Davis
PI France
GM Ogden

Share awards 
made during 
2013

Basis on which
 award made

Face value of 
award

Number of 
shares vesting 
for minimum
performance1

Number of 
shares vesting 
for maximum 
performance

End of 
performance period 

8,362
9,292
14,182
6,984

100% of salary £242,916
100% of salary £269,932
100% of salary £411,987
100% of salary £202,885

2,090
2,323
3,545
1,746

8,362
9,292
14,182
6,984

31 December 2015
31 December 2015
31 December 2015
31 December 2015

1  Vesting if the minimum performance EPS and TSR conditions are achieved (25% of the maximum award). The share price used at the date of award 7 March 2013 was £29.05.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
65

Free SIP and OPLSS Share Awards (Audited)
In common with all eligible employees, UK based executive directors receive an entitlement to ordinary shares under the SIP which is 
approved by Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (HMRC). Under the SIP and the OPLSS an aggregate total of up to 5% of profits are 
distributed to employees each year in the form of ordinary shares. The distribution is calculated by reference to years of service and basic 
salary. Details of free share awards under the SIP and OPLSS made to executive directors in 2013 are set out below. Free shares awarded 
to all three UK executive directors under the SIP are subject to the HMRC upper limit of £3,000 by value. This limit also applies to the 
OPLSS for the year under review.

RH Arnold
JM Davis
PI France
GM Ogden

The share price used for the award was £28.47.

Date of Grant

10 April 2013
10 April 2013
10 April 2013
10 April 2013

Free share 
awards made 
during the year

105
105
105
105

Basis on which award made

Non–performance based
Non–performance based
Non–performance based
Non–performance based

Face value 
of award

£2,989
£2,989
£2,989
£2,989

RH Arnold, in common with other eligible overseas employees, participates in the OPLSS. The scheme Trustee is based in Jersey, Channel 
Islands. The figure shown for RH Arnold relates solely to OPLSS.

Partnership SIP Share Awards (Audited)
In line with all eligible UK based employees, UK based directors are entitled to purchase monthly Partnership Shares under the SIP to a 
maximum of £125 per month. Interests in Partnership Shares as at 31 December 2013 are shown in the table below:

RH Arnold
JM Davis
PI France
GM Ogden

Partnership share interest  
as at 31 December 2013

N/A
683
193
–

Sharesave Options Granted to Executive Directors (Audited)
In common with all eligible UK employees, UK based executive directors are entitled to participate in the HMRC approved Rotork Sharesave 
scheme. Under the Sharesave scheme, employees are permitted to save up to £250 per month for a term of three or five years, after which 
the employee is allowed to exercise the share option. The option price is determined in accordance with the HMRC approved Sharesave 
Scheme Rules and is calculated by taking an average of the share price over the five days preceding the invitation date. 

The option exercise period is six months duration after which the options lapse.

JM Davis
PI France
GM Ogden

Shares under option

Basis on which award made

Option price

Duration

Date of grant

Date of vesting

410
1,179
410

Non–performance based
Non–performance based
Non–performance based

£21.94
£13.10
£21.94

3 years 30/09/13
5 years
5/10/10
3 years 30/09/13

01/12/2016
01/12/2015
01/12/2016

Statement of directors’ shareholding and share interests (Audited)
The table below shows total beneficial shareholdings of the directors as at 31 December 2013.

RH Arnold
JM Davis
PI France
GM Ogden
GB Bullard
SA James
IG King
RC Lockwood
JE Nicholas

Beneficial shares held

2013

2012

Outstanding 
LTIP awards
2013

Outstanding 
options
2013

33,161
17,371
59,382
38,735
2,799
1,050
7,013
500
500

25,357
13,911
56,223
36,559
2,797
–
7,013
500
500

32,380
36,022
55,490
27,284
–
–
–
–
–

–
410
1,179
410
–
–
–
–
–

%  
Shareholding  

of salary
achieved(i)
2013

476%
185%
414%
457%
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

(i)  The share price used to determine the percentage of the shareholding of salary achieved is £28.70 being the share price as at 31 December 2013.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
 
66

directors’ remuneration report continued

Share retention policy statement
All executive directors are required to maintain a shareholding of at least 150% of basic salary. The policy requires the use of shares 
vesting under the LTIP to achieve this requirement. All executive directors have met this requirement. There has been no change in the 
directors’ interests in the ordinary share capital of the Company between 31 December 2013 and 3 March 2014.

Total pension entitlements (Audited)

Director

RH Arnold
JM Davis
PI France
GM Ogden

Normal 
Retirement 
Age

Total accrued pension  
in the defined benefit scheme  
as at 31 December 2013 (£)

65
65
60
60

121,174
24,413
56,356
95,846

Value of pension related benefits (£) during company financial year to:

31 December 2012

31 December 2013

Defined  
benefit 
scheme

(92,150)
67,220
31,640
16,080

Cash in  
lieu of 
pension

0
23,846
60,840
63,403

Total

(92,150)
91,066
92,480
79,483

Defined 
benefit  
scheme

Cash in  
lieu of 
pension

38,280
91,920
63,660
0

0
23,858
61,785
88,129

Total

32,280
115,778
125,445
88,129

Notes:
1.  The amounts above have been calculated in accordance with Statutory Instrument 2013 No 1981 – The Large and Medium-Sized Companies and Groups (Account and 

Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013. 

2.  The total accrued pension in the defined benefit scheme as at 31 December 2013 is that which would be paid annually on retirement from normal pension age, based on 

service to 31 December 2013, except for GM Ogden who became a preserved member of the Rotork Pension and Life Assurance Scheme on 5 April 2012. GM Ogden’s total 
benefit as at 31 December 2013 includes deferred revaluation applied to that date.

3.  The value of benefits in the defined benefit pension scheme is based on the increase in accrued pension over the year incorporating an increase for Consumer Prices Index 

(CPI) inflation.

4.  The figures as at 31 December 2012 were not disclosed in the 31 December 2012 accounts but have been calculated as if the new regulations had applied at that date.
5.  GM Ogden became a preserved member of the Scheme as at 5 April 2012 and so did not accrue any additional pension during 2013. He received a cash allowance of 

£88,129 in lieu of this pension benefit in 2013. 

6.  The pensionable salary used to calculate benefits in the defined benefit scheme for PI France and JM Davis is restricted to a Scheme specific earnings cap which is currently 
£137,400. In consideration of this limitation on their benefits under the scheme they receive a monthly cash sum equal to 22.5% and 18% respectively of their basic salary 
above the Scheme’s specific cap. During 2013 this resulted in an additional cash allowance of £61,785 and £23,858 in lieu of the additional pension benefits respectively.

7.  The figures shown for RH Arnold are in respect of his membership of the Rotork Controls Inc., pension scheme and a supplemental executive retirement plan so that, in 

aggregate, the pension arrangements for RH Arnold are targeted to provide a pension of at least 60% of uncapped basic salary at age 65. The valuations of the benefits are 
affected by movements in the US dollar relative to sterling and are therefore not directly comparable with the directors in the UK scheme. 

8.  The accrued pension figures for PI France exclude a fixed transfer-in pension amount of £5,123.11 which is payable from his normal retirement date at age 60.

Directors’ Pension Disclosures required under the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority (Audited)

RH Arnold
JM Davis
P France
GM Ogden

Increase in accrued pension in the defined 
benefit scheme during the year1
£

Increase in transfer value 
during the year
£000s 

8,625
5,023
4,218
2,473

121
79
76
29

Notes:
1.  The figures shown for the increase in accrued pension and transfer value over the year exclude any increase for inflation. 
2.  The transfer values have been calculated in accordance with the relevant Technical Actuarial Standards (TASs) published by the Financial Reporting Council.
3.  The increase in accrued pension and the increase in transfer value over the year for RH Arnold are affected by movements in the US dollar relative to sterling. The transfer 

value of accrued pension for RH Arnold reflects the benefits provided by the US scheme together with a US valuation of these benefits and is therefore not directly 
comparable with the transfer values for directors in the UK scheme.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
67

Payments to past directors (Audited)
No payments were made to past directors during the year.

Payments for loss of office (Audited)
No payments for loss of office were made during the year.

TSR performance graph and historic Chief Executive Remuneration table

Rotork plc Total Return Index vs the Total Return Index of the FTSE Industrial Engineering Sector for the 5 Financial Years 
ending 31 December 2013 (rebased as at January 2009)

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

Year

2013
2012
2011
2010
2009

Jan 09

Dec 09

Dec 10

Dec 11

Dec 12

Dec 13

Rotork plc 

FTSE Industrial 
Engineering Sector

Chief Executive

Chief Executive single figure 
remuneration (£000s)

Annual cash bonus as a 
percentage of maximum 
opportunity

LTIP vesting rate as a 
percentage of maximum 
opportunity

PI France
PI France
PI France
PI France
PI France

1,454
1,539
1,182
1,288
1,062

94.4%
91.3%
88.9%
91.9%
99.5%

67.0%
75.5%
30.0%
94.4%
100.0%

Percentage change in remuneration of director undertaking the role of Chief Executive Officer
This shows the percentage change in remuneration (salary, benefits and bonus) between 2012 and 2013 of the Chief Executive, PI France, 
compared to percentage change for UK employees, being the group against which salary increases are compared, calculated on a per  
head basis.

It is not practical to obtain a breakdown of base salary, benefits and bonuses for the whole Group but total remuneration per employee 
across the Group rose by 4.1% from 2012 to 2013. The typical salary increase for the UK workforce was between 2.5% and 3%.

Base Salary
Benefits
Bonus

PI France 
Chief Executive

Average per UK employee

2013
% Change from 2012

2013
% Change from 2012

3.0%
3.0%
5.7%

1.9%
0.8%
(0.1)%

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
68

directors’ remuneration report continued

Relative importance of spend on pay
The following graph shows actual expenditure of the Company and change in spend between current and prior financial periods on 
remuneration paid to all employees against distributions to shareholders. 

Employee Remuneration (£000s) 

+17.7%

Dividends (£000s) 

+14.2%

2013

2012

134,526

114,329

2013

2012

38,735

33,924

Employee Remuneration (£000s)
Dividends (£000s) (i)

(i)  Dividends paid were the only distributions to shareholders during the year

2013

2012

134,526
38,735

114,329
33,924

Percentage 
change

17.7%
14.2%

Statement of implementation of the remuneration policy in 2014
The base salaries for the executive directors were reviewed in December 2013 and the percentage increases shown below (effective from 
1 January 2014) were agreed by the Committee. Except for RH Arnold and JM Davis, this is consistent with the typical increase for the UK 
workforce (which was between 2.5%-3%). JM Davis received a higher increase reflecting his increased experience and performance in 
the role. The salaries from 1 January 2014 are therefore as follows:
 ■ RH Arnold - $382,868 (2%)
 ■ JM Davis - £285,000 (5.6%)
 ■ PI France - £422,300 (2.5%)
 ■ GM Ogden - £205,301 (2.5%)

The annual cash bonus for 2014 will be based on annual profit target (25%), three year profit growth (25%), EPS (10%), cash generation 
(10%), accident frequency rate (5%) and CO2 emissions (5%). These targets total 80% and are then allocated to executive directors at 
100% of basic salary, except for the Chief Executive where the allocation is 125% of basic salary. The specific targets relating to the 
bonus have not been disclosed as they are considered by the Committee to be commercially sensitive but full details will be given on a 
retrospective basis in next year’s report.

Consistent with the approach used in previous years, LTIP awards of 100% of salary will be granted and the performance conditions will 
be subject to TSR and EPS performance conditions (each accounting for 50% of the award). TSR will be measured relative to the FTSE 
250 Index excluding all financial services, insurance companies and investment trusts (2012 awards) with 25% vesting at median 
increasing to full vesting for upper quartile performance or above. For the EPS condition, EPS growth must be at least RPI + 10% for  
25% vesting, increasing on a straight-line basis to full vesting for EPS growth of RPI + 25% and above.

The fees for the Chairman and non-executive directors were also reviewed in December 2013.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
69

Consideration by the directors of matters relating to directors’ remuneration
The members of the Committee are: GB Bullard (Chairman), SA James, IG King and JE Nicholas. The Committee invites the Group Human 
Resources Director to inform the Committee of pay awards throughout the Group when setting executive director remuneration. The 
Chairman and Chief Executive are also invited to attend meetings except when their own remuneration is considered. The Company 
Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee.

PwC was replaced by New Bridge Street as remuneration advisors to the Committee during the year. New Bridge Street was appointed 
by the Committee in September 2013 following a retendering process. New Bridge Street is a trading name of Aon plc and a signatory to 
the Remuneration Consultants’ Group Code of Conduct. A subsidiary of Aon plc is the scheme actuary for the Group’s USA pension 
plan. The Committee is satisfied that New Bridge Street is sufficiently independent to act as remuneration advisor to the Committee.  
In 2013, the Company paid £18,000 to PwC (2012: £4,300) and £13,333 to New Bridge Street for services to the Committee.

Statement of voting at general meeting
At the 2013 AGM of the Company, the percentages of votes cast ‘for’, ‘against’ and ‘withheld’ in respect of the directors’ remuneration 
report were as follows:

Votes cast ‘for’

Votes cast ‘against’

Votes ‘withheld’

97%

1.6%

1.4%

‘Against’ votes cast at the AGM were a very small proportion of the overall votes and accordingly the directors did not deem it necessary 
to take any remedial action regarding these votes.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
70

report of the directors

The directors submit their report which incorporates the 
management report required under the Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules for listed companies and the audited accounts 
for the year ended 31 December 2013 as set out on pages 75 to 
123. In compiling this report, the directors have consulted with the 
management of the Group.

Directors
The names of the directors in office during the year and their 
biographies and other details are set out on pages 42 to 43.

Directors’ indemnification and insurance
The Company’s Articles of Association provide for the directors and 
officers of the Company to be appropriately indemnified, subject to 
the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. The Company purchases 
and maintains insurance for the directors and officers of the 
Company in performing their duties, as permitted by section 233 
Companies Act 2006.

Powers of the directors
As set out in the Company’s Articles of Association, the business 
of the Company is managed by the Board who may exercise all the 
powers of the Company.

Appointment and removal of directors
The Board may appoint a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an 
additional director. Any director appointed by the Board must retire at the 
next AGM of the Company and put themselves forward for re-
appointment by the shareholders. In accordance with the 
recommendations of the UK Corporate Governance Code, each member 
of the Board submits themself for re-election on an annual basis.

In addition to any power of removal conferred by the Companies 
Act, the Company may by ordinary resolution remove any director 
before the expiration of their period of office and may, subject to 
the Articles of Association, by ordinary resolution appoint another 
person who is willing to act as a director in their place.

Political donations
No political donations were made during the year. The Group has 
a policy of not making political donations in any part of the world.

Dividend
The directors recommend a final dividend of 30.0p per ordinary 
share (2012: 26.6p) for the year, payable on 19 May 2014 to 
shareholders on the register on 11 April 2014. An interim dividend 
for 2013 of 18.05p per ordinary share (2012: 16.4p) was paid on 
27 September 2013.

Information required in the Directors’ report set out in 
Strategic Report
Information relating to likely future developments of the Company 
and its subsidiaries and information relating to research and 
development activities of the Company and its subsidiaries is set 
out in the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 41.

Use of financial instruments
An explanation of the Group policies on the use of financial 
instruments and financial risk management objectives are 
contained in note 26 to the accounts.

Post-balance sheet events
There have been no important post-balance sheet events.

Existence of branches outside the UK
The Company has no branches outside of the UK.

Share capital
Details of the Company’s share capital including the rights and 
obligations attached to each class of shares and the ordinary 
shares issued during 2013 are summarised in note 17 of the 
financial statements. 5p ordinary shares represent over 99.9% of 
the Company’s total share capital and £1 9.5% cumulative 
preference shares represent less than 0.1% of the Company’s total 
share capital.

There are no securities of the Company carrying special rights with 
regard to the control of the Company.

At the Company’s last AGM held on 26 April 2013, the shareholders 
authorised the Company to make market purchases of ordinary shares 
limited to just under approximately 10% of its issued ordinary share 
capital at that time and of certain issued preference shares, and to allot 
shares within certain limits approved by shareholders. These authorities 
expire at the 2014 AGM and appropriate renewals will be sought.

The Company did not acquire any of its own shares in 2013.

The Company’s Articles of Association contain customary 
restrictions on the transfer of shares as applicable only in certain 
limited circumstances (e.g. in relation to transfers to a minor). Save 
for those provisions, there are no restrictions on the transfer of 
ordinary shares in the capital of the Company other than certain 
restrictions which may be required from time to time by law, for 
example, insider trading law. In accordance with the Model Code, 
which forms part of the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority 
(as adopted by the Company), directors and certain employees are 
required to seek the prior approval of the Company to deal in its 
shares.

The Company is not aware of any agreements between 
shareholders that may result in restrictions on the transfer of 
securities and/or voting rights. The Company’s Articles of 
Association contain limited restrictions on the exercise of voting 
rights (e.g. in relation to disenfranchised shares following the issue 
of a notice to shareholders under section 793 Companies Act 
2006).

The Company’s share schemes each contain provisions providing 
voting rights to the scheme trustee.

Amendments to the Company’s Articles of Association 
The Company’s Articles of Association may only be amended by 
special resolution at a general meeting of the shareholders.

Significant agreements – change of control
The Company is not aware of any significant agreements to which 
it is party that take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of 
control of the Company following a takeover. There are no 
agreements between the Company and its directors or employees 
that provide for compensation for loss of office or employment 
that occurs because of a takeover bid.

Greenhouse gas emissions
The disclosures concerning greenhouse gas emissions required by 
law are set out in the Corporate Social Responsibility report on 
page 37.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
71

Substantial shareholders 
At 31 December 2013, the interests in issued share capital which had 
been notified to the Company under the Disclosure and Transparency 
Rules (DTR 5) of the UK Listing Authority are shown below.

Identity

Size of 
holding

Nature of 
holding

Mondrian Investment Partners Limited

3.99%

Direct

Corporate governance 
The Company’s corporate governance report can be found on 
pages 46 to 55.

Disclosure of information to auditors
The directors who held office at the date of approval of this 
directors’ report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there 
is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditors 
are unaware; and each director has taken all the steps that they 
ought to have taken as a director to make themselves aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s 
auditor is aware of that information.

‘Going Concern’ basis of preparation
After making enquiries, the directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable future. For this reason, 
they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the 
financial statements. In forming this view, the directors have 
considered trading and cash flow forecasts, financial 
commitments, the significant order book with customers spread 
across different geographic areas and industries and the significant 
net cash position.

Statement of directors’ responsibility for preparing the 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 
The following statement, which should be read in conjunction 
with the auditors’ Statement of Auditors’ Responsibilities, included 
in the audit report, is made with a view to distinguishing for 
shareholders the respective responsibilities of the directors and of 
the auditors in relation to the financial statements.

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and 
Accounts and the Group and Company financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare Group and 
Company financial statements for each financial year. Under that 
law they are required to prepare the Group financial statements in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) 
as adopted by the EU and applicable law and have elected to 
prepare the Company financial statements in accordance with UK 
Accounting Standards and applicable law (UK Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice).

 ■ For the Group financial statements, state whether they have 

been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU;
 ■ For the Company financial statements, state whether applicable 
UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and explained in the Company 
financial statements; and

 ■ Prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the 
Company will continue in business.

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that 
its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. 
They have general responsibility for taking such steps as are 
reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group  
and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also 
responsible for preparing a Directors’ Report, Directors’ 
Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance Statement that 
complies with that law and those regulations.

Directors’ statement pursuant to the Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules 
Each of the directors, whose names and functions are listed on 
pages 42 to 43 confirm that, to the best of each person’s 
knowledge and belief:
 ■ The financial statements, prepared in accordance with the 

applicable set of the accounting standards, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the 
Group and Company; 

 ■ The Directors’ Report includes a fair review of the development 
and performance of the business and the position of the Group 
and Company, together with a description of the principal risks 
and uncertainties that they face; and

 ■ Having taken advice from the Audit Committee, the annual 
report and financial statements, taken as a whole, are fair, 
balanced and understandable and provide the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s 
performance, business model and strategies. 

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of 
the corporate and financial information included on the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ 
from legislation in other jurisdictions.

External auditor
The Company’s auditor, KPMG Audit Plc, has instigated an orderly 
wind down of business. Upon the recommendation of the Audit 
Committee and approval of the Board, a resolution to appoint 
KPMG LLP as auditor, and to authorise the directors to determine 
their remuneration are to be proposed at the forthcoming AGM.

Under company law the directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view 
of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the 
Group and Company for that period. In preparing each of the Group 
and Company financial statements, the directors are required to:
 ■ Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

 ■ Make judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

On behalf of the Board

Stephen Rhys Jones
Company Secretary

3 March 2014

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
72

independent auditor’s report to the
members of rotork plc only

OpiniOns and cOnclusiOns arising frOm Our audit
1.  Our opinion on the financial statements is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of Rotork plc for the year ended 31 December 2013 which comprise the Consolidated Income 
Statement, the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated and Company Balance Sheets, the Consolidated 
Statement of Changes in Equity, the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows and the related notes. In our opinion:
 ■ the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as 

at 31 December 2013 and of the group’s profit for the year then ended; 

 ■ the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as 

adopted by the European Union; 

 ■ the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK Accounting Standards; and 
 ■ the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 

group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. 

2. Our assessment of risks of material misstatement
In arriving at our audit opinion above on the financial statements the risks of material misstatement that had the greatest effect on our 
audit were as follows:

Goodwill (£105.2 million)
Refer to page 53 (Audit Committee Report – contained within the Corporate Governance Report), page 80 (accounting policy) and pages 
94 to 95 (financial statements)
 ■ The risk – Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated at acquisition to the Cash Generating Units (CGUs) that are expected 
to benefit from the combination. The recoverable amounts of the CGUs are determined from value in use calculations. This is a key 
judgement area as adverse changes in assumptions, particularly relating to the forecasting of cash flows and discount rates could reduce 
the recoverable amount below the carrying amount. The group reviews goodwill for impairment either annually or, if earlier, when there 
is an indication of impairment. With the increasing number of acquisitions this is an area of increasing judgement and complexity.
 ■ Our response – In this area we performed a number of audit procedures which included, but were not limited to, the following. We 

challenged the group’s judgements in relation to the allocation of goodwill to CGUs and the appropriateness of the methodology for 
testing for impairment. We tested the principles and integrity of the discounted cash flow model used. We challenged the group’s 
assessment of impairment including consideration of the key inputs of the forecast cash flows, the discount rate used, the growth rate 
assumed and the historical accuracy of budgets. We used external data to determine an appropriate range for the discount rates for 
the various CGUs and compared the actual rate used to that range. For the period covered by the business plan, we considered 
whether the growth rate used was consistent with both historical performance and future business strategies. 

  We evaluated the group’s sensitivity analysis and also performed our own analysis to assess the sensitivity of the impairment reviews 

to changes in the key assumptions of discount and growth rates. Throughout our audit procedures we considered the potential risk of 
management bias.

  We considered the adequacy of the Group’s disclosures in respect of impairment testing of goodwill and whether disclosures about 

the sensitivity of the outcome of the impairment assessment to changes in key assumptions properly reflected the risks inherent in the 
valuation of goodwill.

Other intangible assets (additions of £24.2 million) 
Refer to page 53 (Audit Committee Report – contained within the Corporate Governance Report), pages 80, 81 and 83 (accounting 
policies) and page 96 (financial statements)
 ■ The risk – The acquired intangible assets of customer relationships, brand, trademarks and patents, and order book are valued on 

acquisition using discounted cash flows and relief from royalty methods. In applying these methodologies, the Group makes a number 
of key judgements and estimates relating to each class of intangible asset identified, including the discount rate, growth rate and 
royalty rate. The identification of intangible assets requires significant levels of judgement and the values assigned to them are 
sensitive to the assumptions used and, for this reason, acquired intangibles are considered a significant audit risk.

 ■ Our response – In this area we performed a number of audit procedures which included, but were not limited to, the following. We 

tested the principles and integrity of the discounted cash flow and relief from royalty models used. We challenged the group’s process 
for identifying intangible assets and considered the appropriateness of the intangibles identified in relation to the relevant accounting 
standards. We challenged the valuation of these including the key assumptions of the discount rate used, the growth rate assumed 
and the royalty rates applied. We agreed the discount and royalty rates, along with revenue and customer figures, used to externally 
derived data and considered whether the growth rate used was consistent with historical performance. We utilised our own valuation 
specialists to the extent necessary in performing our work.

  We performed analysis to assess the sensitivity of the valuation of the acquired intangibles to changes in the key assumptions of 

discount and growth rates. Throughout our audit procedures we considered the potential risk of management bias.

In addition, we assessed the appropriateness and completeness of the disclosure in the financial statements and compliance with 
relevant accounting standards.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
 
independent auditor’s report to the

members of rotork plc only

73

3.  Our application of materiality and an overview of the scope of our audit
The materiality for the financial statements as a whole was set at £9.7 million. This has been determined with reference to a benchmark 
of group profit before taxation (of which it represents 7%), which we consider to be one of the principal considerations for members of 
the company in assessing the financial performance of the group. 

We agreed with the audit committee to report to it all uncorrected misstatements we identified through our audit with a value in excess 
of £450,000, in addition to other audit misstatements below that threshold that we believe warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 
In addition, we agreed with the audit committee to report to it all individual corrected misstatements greater than £1.0 million and, in 
aggregate, all smaller corrected misstatements between £0.5 million and £1.0 million.

Audits for group reporting purposes were performed by component auditors at the key reporting components in the following countries: 
Australia, China, Germany, Hong Kong, Italy, Russia, Singapore, Spain, the United Kingdom and the United States of America; and by the 
group audit team in the United Kingdom. In addition, specified audit procedures for group reporting purposes were performed by 
component auditors at the key reporting components in the following countries: Canada, India and the United States of America. These 
group procedures covered 77% of total group revenue, 84% of group profit before taxation and 83% of total group assets.

The audits undertaken for group reporting purposes at the key reporting components of the group were all performed to materiality 
levels set by, or agreed with, the group audit team. These materiality levels were set individually for each component and ranged from 
£0.1 million to £7 million. 

Detailed audit instructions were sent to all the auditors in these locations. These instructions covered the significant areas that should be 
covered by these audits (which included the relevant risks of material misstatement detailed above) and set out the information required 
to be reported back to the group audit team. The group audit team visited the following locations: China, Hong Kong, Singapore and the 
United States of America. Telephone meetings were also held with the auditors at the majority of the other locations that were not 
physically visited.

The remaining 23% of revenue, 16% of group profit before taxation and 17% of total group assets is represented by 27 reporting 
components around the world. None of these 27 reporting components represented more than 2% of revenue, profit before taxation or 
total group assets. Local statutory audits are performed over 10 of these components, but generally these are completed after the date 
of this report.

4.  Our opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 is unmodified
In our opinion: 
 ■ the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 

2006; 

 ■ the information given in the Strategic Report and the Report of the Directors for the financial year for which the financial statements 

are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and 

 ■ the information given in the corporate governance statement set out on pages 46 to 55 with respect to internal control and risk 

management systems in relation to financial reporting processes and about share capital structures is consistent with the financial 
statements.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
74

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013

independent auditor’s report to the
members of rotork plc only continued

5.  We have nothing to report in respect of the matters on which we are required to report by exception
Under ISAs (UK and Ireland) we are required to report to you if, based on the knowledge we acquired during our audit, we have 
identified other information in the annual report that contains a material inconsistency with either that knowledge or the financial 
statements, a material misstatement of fact, or that is otherwise misleading.
In particular, we are required to report to you if: 
 ■ we have identified material inconsistencies between the knowledge we acquired during our audit and the directors’ statement that 

they consider that the annual report and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the group’s performance, business model and strategy; or

 ■ the Audit Committee Report (contained within the Corporate Governance Report) does not appropriately address matters 

communicated by us to the audit committee.

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
 ■ adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 

from branches not visited by us; or

 ■ the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with 

the accounting records and returns; or 

 ■ certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
 ■ we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
 ■ a Corporate Governance Statement has not been prepared by the company.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:
 ■ the directors’ statement, set out on page 71, in relation to going concern; and 
 ■ the part of the Corporate Governance Statement on page 48 relating to the company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the 

2010 UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review.

We have nothing to report in respect of the above responsibilities.

Scope of report and responsibilities
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibility (set out on page 71), the directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. A description of the scope of an audit 
of financial statements is provided on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditscopeukprivate. This report is 
made solely to the Company’s members as a body and is subject to important explanations and disclaimers regarding our responsibilities, 
published on our website at www.kpmg.com/uk/auditscopeukco2013a, which are incorporated into this report as if set out in full and 
should be read to provide an understanding of the purpose of this report, the work we have undertaken and the basis of our opinions.

Philip Cotton
(Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of KPMG Audit Plc, Statutory Auditor
Chartered Accountants
100 Temple Street
Bristol BS1 6AG

3 March 2014

independent auditor’s report to the

members of rotork plc only continued

consolidated income statement
For the year ended 31 December 2013

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Other income
Distribution costs
Administrative expenses
Other expenses

Adjusted operating profits
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Operating profit
Net finance expense

Profit before tax
Income tax expense

Profit for the year

Basic earnings per share 
Adjusted basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share
Adjusted diluted earnings per share

consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 December 2013

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to the income statement:
Foreign exchange translation differences
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges net of tax
Items that are not subsequently reclassified to the income statement:
Actuarial gain/(loss) in pension scheme net of tax

Income and expenses recognised directly in equity

Total comprehensive income for the year

Strategic Report  01-41
Directors  42-45
Governance  46-71
Financial Statements  72-123
Company Information  124-126

75

Notes

2013
£000

2012
£000

2

4

5

2
7

8
9

578,440
(304,066)

511,747
(272,199)

274,374
206
(5,623)
(129,576)
(116)

239,548
908
(4,214)
(111,743)
(32)

151,412
(12,147)

131,866
(7,399)

139,265
(1,268)

124,467
(273)

137,997
(38,488)

124,194
(34,879)

99,509

89,315

18
18
18
18

114.8p
124.9p
114.3p
124.3p

103.1p
109.3p
102.6p
108.8p

2013
£000

2012
£000

99,509

89,315

(4,981)
1,274

(3,967)
399

5,528

(8,598)

1,821

(12,166)

101,330

77,149

 
76

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013

consolidated balance sheet
At 31 December 2013

Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Derivative financial instruments
Deferred tax assets
Other receivables

Total non-current assets
Current assets
Inventories
Trade receivables
Current tax
Derivative financial instruments
Other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Equity
Issued equity capital
Share premium
Reserves
Retained earnings

Total equity

Non-current liabilities
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
Employee benefits
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions

Total non-current liabilities
Current liabilities
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
Trade payables
Employee benefits
Current tax
Derivative financial instruments
Other payables
Provisions

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Notes

2013
£000

2012
£000

10
11
12
23
13
15

14
15
15
23
15
16 

17

19
20
13
21

19
22
20
22
23
22
21

45,871
105,150
53,481
804
11,778
1,532

38,445
80,729
40,743
–
12,984
1,674

218,616

174,575

75,081
105,976
1,145
2,933
12,152
68,873

71,100
95,822
1,946
2,254
9,662
59,868

266,160

240,652

484,776

415,227

4,344
8,840
6,649
312,246

4,340
8,258
10,356
246,369

332,079

269,323

1,678
22,705
16,920
2,628

116
32,060
13,488
2,701

43,931

48,365

532
38,019
17,479
14,836
32
31,002
6,866

56
36,355
14,065
11,143
96
31,889
3,935

108,766

97,539

152,697

145,904

484,776

415,227

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 3 March 2014 and were signed on its behalf by:  

PI France and JM Davis, Directors.

 
consolidated balance sheet

At 31 December 2013

Strategic Report  01-41
Directors  42-45
Governance  46-71
Financial Statements  72-123
Company Information  124-126

77

consolidated statement of changes in equity

Balance at 31 December 2011
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income

Foreign exchange translation differences
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash  

flow hedges

Actuarial loss on defined benefit pension plans 
Tax in other comprehensive income

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Equity settled share-based payments transactions 
Tax on equity settled share-based payment transactions
Share options exercised by employees
Own ordinary shares acquired
Own ordinary shares awarded under share schemes
Dividends

Balance at 31 December 2012
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income

Foreign exchange translation differences
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash  

flow hedges

Actuarial gain on defined benefit pension plans 
Tax in other comprehensive income

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Equity settled share-based payments transactions 
Tax on equity settled share-based payment transactions
Share options exercised by employees
Own ordinary shares acquired
Own ordinary shares awarded under share schemes
Dividends

Issued
equity
capital

4,338
–

Share
premium

Translation
reserve

Capital
redemption
reserve

Hedging
reserve

Retained
earnings

Total

7,835
–

11,616
–

1,644
–

664
–

198,072
89,315

224,169
89,315

–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–
2
–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–
423
–
–
–

(3,967)

–
–
–

(3,967)

(3,967)

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

(3,967)

539
–
(140)

–
(9,912)
1,314

539
(9,912)
1,174

399

(8,598)

(12,166)

399

80,717

77,149

–
–
–
–
–
–

1,117
102
–
(2,850)
3,135
(33,924)

1,117
102
425
(2,850)
3,135
(33,924)

4,340
–

8,258
–

7,649
–

1,644
–

1,063
–

246,369
99,509

269,323
99,509

–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–
4
–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–
582
–
–
–

(4,981)

–
–
–

(4,981)

(4,981)

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

(4,981)

1,598
–
(324)

–
7,669
(2,141)

1,598
7,669
(2,465)

1,274

5,528

1,821

1,274

105,037

101,330

–
–
–
–
–
–

143
632
–
(5,601)
4,401
(38,735)

143
632
586
(5,601)
4,401
(38,735)

Balance at 31 December 2013

4,344

8,840

2,668

1,644

2,337

312,246

332,079

Detailed explanations for equity capital, the translation reserve, capital redemption reserve and hedging reserve can be seen in note 17.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78 Rotork plc Annual Report 2013

Consolidated statement of cash flows
For the year ended 31 December 2013

Cash flows from operating activities
Profit for the year
Adjustments for:
Amortisation of intangibles
Amortisation of development costs
Depreciation
Equity settled share-based payment expense
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment
Net finance expense
Income tax expense

Increase in inventories
Increase in trade and other receivables
Decrease in trade and other payables
Difference between pension charge and cash contribution
Increase/(decrease) in provisions
Increase in other employee benefits

Income taxes paid

Cash flows from operating activities

Investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Development costs capitalised
Sale of property, plant and equipment
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
Contingent consideration paid
Interest received

Cash flows from investing activities

Financing activities
Issue of ordinary share capital
Purchase of ordinary share capital
Interest paid
Repayment of amounts borrowed
Repayment of finance lease liabilities
Dividends paid on ordinary shares

Notes

2013
£000

2013
£000

2012
£000

2012
£000

99,509

12,147
1,214
6,801
2,178
(25)
1,268
38,488

161,580
(1,740)
(10,786)
(1,778)
(534)
863
2,621

150,226
(39,866)

(10,419)
(2,033)
159
(43,235)
(250)
917

3

586
(5,601)
(653)
(618)
(34)
(38,735)

89,315

7,399
924
5,452
2,030
(859)
273
34,879

139,413
(9,474)
(2,220)
(3,341)
(7,211)
(264)
1,711

118,614
(37,641)

110,360

80,973

(12,564)
(2,075)
1,007
(20,674)
(200)
623

(54,861)

(33,883)

425
(2,850)
(163)
(64)
(68)
(33,924)

Cash flows from financing activities

(45,055)

(36,644)

Increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

16

10,444
59,868
(1,439)

68,873

10,446
48,519
903

59,868

 
Consolidated statement of cash flows

For the year ended 31 December 2013

Notes to the Group financial statements
For the year ended 31 December 2013

Strategic Report  01-41
Directors  42-45
Governance  46-71
Financial Statements  72-123
Company Information  124-126

79

Except where indicated, values in these notes are in £000.

Rotork plc is a company domiciled in England. The consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended 31 December 
2013 comprise the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the Group). The accounting policies contained below in note 1 
and the disclosures in notes 2 to 30 all relate to the Group financial statements. The Company balance sheet can be found following 
note 30. As the Company has elected to continue reporting under UK GAAP, the applicable accounting policies are contained in note a, 
and notes b to k relate to the Company’s financial statements.

1. accOunting pOlicies
The accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have been 
consistently applied to the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements of Rotork plc have been prepared and approved by the directors in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU), IFRIC Interpretations and the Companies 
Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention subject to the items referred to in the 
derivative financial instruments accounting policy below.

New accounting standards and interpretations
The amendments to IAS19 Employee benefits have been applied from 1 January 2013. The principal change relates to the requirement to 
use the schemes’ discount rate to calculate the return on assets rather than using a rate of return appropriate to the various asset classes. 

The amended standard also requires administration costs to be recognised separately from the current service cost in the income 
statement as they are incurred. Due to the Group already expensing administration costs as they are incurred the current service cost has 
been split to separately disclose the administration cost comparative. 

The application of the amended standard in the 2012 financial year would have increased the net pension interest cost by £588,000 
from £390,000 to £978,000, reducing the pre-tax profit by £588,000. The impact on the 2012 basic earnings per share would be a 
reduction of 0.5p to 102.6p. As a result of the adjustments not being material to the income statement, balance sheet or shareholders’ 
equity prior year balances have not been restated.  

The following standards and amendments have also been applied from 1 January 2013:
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	

IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements
IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements
IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities
IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement
IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements (amendments)

Application of these standards and amendments has not had any material impact on the disclosures, net assets or results of the Group.

Recent accounting developments
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments has been issued but is not yet effective and has not been adopted as application was not mandatory for the 
year. The directors anticipate that the adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on the disclosures, net assets or results of 
the Group.

Going concern
After making enquiries, the directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future. For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial 
statements. In forming this view, the directors have considered trading and cash flow forecasts, financial commitments, the significant 
order book with customers spread across different geographic areas and industries and the significant net cash position.

Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries for the year to  
31 December 2013. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that 
control commences until the date control ceases. Intra-group balances and any unrealised gains or losses or income and expenses arising 
from intra-group transactions are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

 
 
80

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2013

1. accOunting pOlicies continued
Foreign currencies
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and 
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated to sterling at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that 
date. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are recognised in the income statement. Non-monetary assets and liabilities 
that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. 
Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are stated at fair value are translated to sterling at foreign 
exchange rates at the dates the values were determined.

Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated into 
sterling at rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. The revenues and expenses of foreign subsidiaries are translated to sterling 
at rates approximating those ruling at the date of the transactions. Differences on exchange arising from the retranslation of the opening 
net investment in subsidiaries, and from the translation of the results of those subsidiaries at average rate, are reported as an item of 
other comprehensive income and accumulated in the translation reserve.

Any differences that have arisen since 1 January 2004, the date of transition to IFRS, are presented as a separate component of equity. 
Translation differences that arose before the date of transition to IFRS in respect of all foreign entities are not presented as a separate 
component.

Revenue
Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods or services. Revenue is shown net of 
value-added tax, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group. The Group recognises revenue when the 
amount of revenue can be reliably measured, it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the entity and when specific criteria 
have been met for each of the Group’s activities.

Revenue from the sale of actuators, gearboxes and flow control products is recognised in the income statement when the significant 
risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyer in accordance with the contracted shipping terms. 

Revenue from service work is recognised in the income statement in proportion to the stage of completion of the transaction at the 
balance sheet date. The stage of completion is assessed by reference to surveys of work performed. No revenue is recognised if there are 
significant uncertainties regarding recovery of the consideration due, associated completion costs, the possible return of goods or 
continuing management involvement with the goods.

Business combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method as at the acquisition date, which is the date on which control is 
transferred to the Group.

For acquisitions on or after 1 January 2010, the Group measures goodwill at the acquisition date as:
•	 the fair value of the consideration transferred; plus 
•	 the recognised amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree; plus
•	 the fair value of the existing equity interest in the acquiree; less
•	 the net recognised amount (generally fair value) of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. 

When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase gain is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Costs related to the acquisition, other than those associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, are expensed as incurred.

Any contingent consideration payable is recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. If the contingent consideration is classified as 
equity, it is not re-measured and settlement is accounted for within equity. Otherwise, subsequent changes to the fair value of the 
contingent consideration are recognised in profit or loss.

For acquisitions between 1 January 2004 and 31 December 2009, goodwill represents the difference between the cost of the 
acquisition, including acquisition costs and the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired.

In respect of acquisitions prior to 1 January 2004, goodwill is included on the basis of its deemed cost, which represents the amount 
recorded under UK GAAP on transition to IFRS.

Goodwill is stated at cost or deemed cost less any impairment losses. The carrying value of goodwill is reviewed at each balance sheet 
date and is allocated to cash-generating units (CGU). An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying value of an asset or its 
CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognised in the income statement.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2013

81

1. accOunting pOlicies continued
Intangible assets
i) Research & development
Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding, is 
recognised in the income statement as an expense as incurred. Development costs incurred after the point at which the commercial and 
technical feasibility of the product have been proven, and the decision to complete the development has been taken and resources made 
available, are capitalised. The expenditure capitalised includes the cost of materials, direct labour and an appropriate proportion of 
overheads. Capitalised development expenditure is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Development 
expenditure has an estimated useful life of five years and is written off on a straight-line basis.

ii) Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group as part of a business combination are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation 
and impairment losses. The useful life of each of these assets is assessed based on discussions with the management of the acquired 
business and takes account of the differing natures of each of the intangibles acquired. The assessed useful lives of intangibles acquired 
are as follows: 

Brands and trademarks 
Customer relationships 
Product design patents  
Order backlog 

4 to 10 years
2 to 5 years
5 to 8 years
3 months to 1 year

Amortisation is charged on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the assets. 

Property, plant and equipment
Freehold land is not depreciated. Long leasehold buildings are amortised over 50 years or the expected useful life of the building where 
less than 50 years. Other assets are depreciated in equal annual instalments by reference to their estimated useful lives and residual 
values at the following annual rates:

Freehold buildings   
Short leasehold buildings 
Plant and equipment 

2% to 4%
period of lease
10% to 33%

Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost or deemed cost less accumulated depreciation. Certain items of property that 
had been revalued to fair value on or prior to 1 January 2004, the date of transition to IFRS, are measured on the basis of deemed cost, 
being the revalued amount at the date of that revaluation.

Leases
Where fixed assets are financed by leasing agreements, which give rights approximating to ownership, the assets are treated as if they 
had been purchased and the capital element of the leasing commitments are shown as obligations under finance leases. Assets acquired 
under finance leases are initially recognised at the present value of the minimum lease payments. The rentals payable are apportioned 
between interest, which is charged to the income statement, and liability, which reduces the outstanding obligation so as to give a 
constant rate of charge on the outstanding lease obligations. Costs in respect of operating leases are charged on a straight-line basis 
over the term of the lease in arriving at the operating profit.

Taxation
Income tax on the profit for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the 
extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity. Current tax is the expected tax payable 
on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax 
payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts of 
assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary differences 
are not provided for: goodwill not deductible for tax purposes and the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither 
accounting nor taxable profits. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the 
carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset 
can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2013

1. accOunting pOlicies continued
Inventory and work in progress
Inventory and work in progress is valued at the lower of cost, on a ‘first in, first out’ basis, and net realisable value. In respect of work in 
progress and finished goods, cost includes all production overheads and the attributable proportion of indirect overhead expenses which 
are required to bring inventories to their present location and condition. The net realisable value in respect of old and slow moving 
inventory is assessed by reference to historic usage patterns and forecast future usage.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and short term (with an original maturity less than three months) deposits. Bank 
overdrafts that are repayable on demand form part of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the consolidated statement of 
cash flows.

Equity
Equity comprises issued equity capital, share premium, reserves and retained earnings.

When issued equity capital is repurchased, the amount paid, including directly attributable costs, is recognised as a change in equity. 
Repurchased shares are debited direct to equity and shown as a deduction from retained earnings.

Provisions
i) Warranties
A provision for warranties is recognised when the underlying products or services are sold. The provision is based on historical warranty 
cost data, known issues and management expectations of future costs.

ii) Contingent consideration
The terms of an acquisition may provide that the value of the purchase consideration, which may be payable in cash at a future date, 
depends on uncertain future events. Where it is not possible to estimate the amounts payable with any degree of certainty, the amounts 
recognised in the financial statements represent a fair value estimate at the balance sheet date of the amounts expected to be paid. 

Employee benefits
i) Pension plans
The Group operates a number of defined benefit pension schemes and contributes to these schemes in accordance with qualified 
actuaries’ recommendations. In respect of all actuarial gains and losses that arise in calculating the Group’s obligation in respect of the 
plans, these are recognised in equity. Interest on pension scheme liabilities has been recognised within financing expenses. 

The Group also operates a number of defined contribution pension schemes. The costs for these schemes are recognised in the income 
statement as incurred.

ii) Share-based payment transactions
The Rotork Sharesave Plan, introduced in 2004, offers certain employees the opportunity to purchase shares in Rotork plc at a discounted 
price compared with the market price at the time of grant. Details of the scheme are given in note 25. The fair value of the right/option is 
recognised as an employee expense with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value is measured at grant date and spread over the 
period between grant and maturity. The right/option reaches maturity when the employee becomes unconditionally entitled. The fair 
value of the grant is measured using a Black-Scholes model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the rights were 
granted. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of share options that vest except where forfeiture 
is due only to share prices not achieving the threshold for vesting.

The Rotork Long Term Incentive Plan grants awards of shares to executive directors and senior managers. These awards may vest after a 
period of three years dependent upon both market and non-market performance conditions being met. Details of the grants are given in 
note 25. The fair value of the award is measured at grant date, using a Monte Carlo simulation model which takes into account the 
market based performance criteria, and spread over the vesting period. The fair value of the award is recognised as an employee expense 
with a corresponding increase in equity for the share settled award. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to exclude options 
that do not vest as a result of non-market performance conditions not being met.

iii) Long term service leave
The Group’s net obligation in respect of long term service leave is the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for 
their service in the current and prior periods.

iv) Other employee benefits
The Group offers a number of discretionary bonus schemes to employees around the world. The costs of these schemes are recognised 
in the income statement as incurred. This includes the Share Incentive Plan and Overseas Profit Linked Share Scheme both of which are a 
known liability at the year end.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
83

1. accOunting pOlicies continued
Derivative financial instruments
The Group uses forward exchange contracts and swaps to hedge its exposure to foreign exchange risk arising from operational and 
financing activities. These are the only derivative financial instruments used by the Group. In accordance with its Treasury Policy, the 
Group does not hold or issue contracts for trading purposes. Forward exchange contracts that do not qualify for hedge accounting are 
accounted for as trading instruments.

Forward exchange contracts are recognised initially at fair value. Where a forward exchange contract is designated as a hedge of the 
variability in cash flows of a recognised liability, a firm commitment or a highly probable forecasted transaction, the effective part of any 
gain or loss on the forward contract is recognised directly in equity. Any effective cumulative gain or loss is removed from equity and 
recognised in the income statement at the same time as the hedged transaction. The ineffective part of any gain or loss is recognised in 
the income statement immediately.

When a hedging instrument or hedge relationship is terminated but the hedged transaction is still expected to occur, the cumulative gain 
or loss at that point remains in equity and is recognised in accordance with the above policy when the transaction occurs. If the hedged 
transaction is no longer expected to take place, the cumulative unrealised gain or loss held in equity is recognised in the income 
statement immediately. 

Dividends
Interim dividends are recorded in the financial statements when they are paid. Final dividends are recorded in the financial statements in 
the period which they are approved by the Company’s shareholders.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements
Estimates and judgements are regularly evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of 
future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the actual 
results. The estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in 
the next financial year are listed below.

Impairment of Intangible assets
Intangible assets (other than goodwill) are amortised over their useful lives which are based on management’s estimates of the period 
over which the assets will generate revenue. The useful lives are periodically reviewed to ensure they continue to be appropriate. 
Changes to the estimates used can result in significant variations in the carrying value. 

The Group assesses the impairment of intangible assets subject to amortisation whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that the carrying value might not be recoverable. Additionally, goodwill arising on acquisitions and indefinite lived assets are subject to 
impairment review. 

The Group undertakes an impairment review annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
value may not be recoverable.

Factors considered important that could trigger an impairment review of intangible assets include the following:
•	 significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results;
•	 significant changes in the use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business; or
•	 significant negative industry or economic trends.

Explanations of the estimates, judgements and sensitivities in respect of the current year impairment review are detailed in note 11. 

Valuation of acquired intangible assets
Acquisitions may result in the recognition of customer relationships, brands and trademarks, product design patents and order backlogs. 
These are valued using discounted cash flow models or a relief from royalty method. In applying these methodologies certain key 
judgements and assumptions are made over discount rates, growth rates, royalty rates and tax rates where a group of companies are 
acquired. Further details of the accounting policies are shown earlier in this note and the valuation of the acquired intangible assets are 
shown in note 12.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
84

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2013

2. Operating segments
The Group has chosen to organise the management and financial structure by the grouping of related products. The four identifiable 
operating segments where the financial and operating performance is reviewed monthly by the chief operating decision maker are 
as follows: 

Controls – the design, manufacture and sale of electric actuators
Fluid Systems – the design, manufacture and sale of pneumatic and hydraulic actuators
Gears – the design, manufacture and sale of gearboxes, adaption and ancillaries for the valve industry
Instruments – the manufacture of high precision pneumatic controls and power transmission products for a wide range of industries

Unallocated expenses comprise corporate expenses.

Geographic analysis
Rotork has a worldwide presence in all four operating segments through its subsidiary selling offices and through an agency network. 
A full list of locations can be found at www.rotork.com.

Analysis by operating segment:

Controls
2013

Fluid
Systems
2013

Gears
2013

Instruments
2013

Elimination
2013

Unallocated
2013

Group
2013

Revenue from external customers
Inter segment revenue

321,902
–

186,969
–

45,353
10,682

24,216
706

–
(11,388)

Total revenue

321,902

186,969

56,035

24,922

(11,388)

–
–

–

578,440
–

578,440

Adjusted operating profit
Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Operating profit

Net finance expense
Income tax expense

Profit for the year

105,472
(4,363)

31,010
(1,920)

12,972
(403)

7,833
(5,461)

101,109

29,090

12,569

2,372

–
–

–

(5,875) 151,412
(12,147)

–

(5,875) 139,265

(1,268)
(38,488)

99,509

Controls
2012

Fluid
Systems
2012

Gears
2012

Instruments
2012

Elimination
2012

Unallocated
2012

Group
2012

Revenue from external customers
Inter segment revenue

293,342
–

160,946
–

41,039
11,844

16,420
–

–
(11,844)

Total revenue

293,342

160,946

52,883

16,420

(11,844)

Adjusted operating profit
Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Operating profit

Net finance expense
Income tax expense

Profit for the year

94,773
(733)

24,628
(2,249)

12,088
(218)

5,103
(4,199)

94,040

22,379

11,870

904

–
–

–

–
–

–

(4,726)
–

511,747
–

511,747

131,866
(7,399)

(4,726)

124,467

(273)
(34,879)

89,315

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
85

2. Operating segments continued

Depreciation
Amortisation:
– Other intangibles
– Development costs
Non-cash items: equity settled share-based payments
Net financing expense
Acquired as part of business combinations:
– Goodwill
– Intangible assets
Capital expenditure

Depreciation
Amortisation:
– Other intangibles
– Development costs
Non-cash items: equity settled share-based payments
Net financing expense
Acquired as part of business combinations:
– Goodwill
– Intangible assets
Capital expenditure

Controls
2013

Fluid
Systems
2013

4,353

1,692

4,363
1,193
881
–

19,766
19,548
7,108

Controls
2012

1,920
9
427
–

3,688
3,277
2,350

Fluid
Systems
2012

Gears
2013

Instruments
2013

Unallocated
2013

Group
2013

427

403
12
271
–

1,398
1,413
581

329

–

6,801

5,461
–
35
–

–
–
281

–
–
563
(1,268)

12,147
1,214
2,177
(1,268)

–
–
–

24,852
24,238
10,320

Gears
2012

Instruments
2012

Unallocated
2012

Group
2012

3,708

1,258

251 

235

–

5,452

733
924
698
–

–
–
8,656

2,249
–
396
–

–
–
2,113

218
–
271
–

4,199
–
–
–

–
–
665
(273)

7,399
924
2,030
(273)

–
–
1,295

13,952
9,668
372

–
–
–

13,952
9,668
12,436

Balance sheets are reviewed by operating subsidiary and operating segment balance sheets are not prepared, as such no further analysis 
of operating segments assets and liabilities are presented.

Geographical analysis:

Revenue from external customers by location of customer
Non-current assets:
– Goodwill
– Intangible assets
– Property, plant and equipment

Revenue from external customers by location of customer
Non-current assets:
– Goodwill
– Intangible assets
– Property, plant and equipment

UK
2013

Rest of
Europe
2013

USA
2013

Other
Americas
2013

Rest of
World
2013

Group
2013

31,765

180,865

117,346

59,112

189,352

578,440

5,691
5,538
16,304

55,205
27,317
15,176

40,154
20,351
6,706

770
–
768

UK
2012

Rest of
Europe
2012

USA
2012

Other
Americas
2012

3,330
275
6,917

Rest of
World
2012

105,150
53,481
45,871

Group
2012

28,448

156,525

106,027

53,323

167,424

511,747

5,009
4,496
13,944

31,925
11,107
10,529

39,603
24,288
6,005

776
506
622

3,416
346
7,345

80,729
40,743
38,445

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
86

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2013

3. acquisitiOns
2013
i) Schischek
On 15 January 2013 the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of the Schischek Group of companies (Schischek) for £35,030,000. 
Schischek is a leader in the design, manufacture and sale of explosion-proof electric actuators, sensors, transmitters and controller 
products for a wide range of industries, based in Langenzenn, Bavaria, Germany. The acquired business is reported within the Controls 
division. In the fifty weeks to 31 December 2013 Schischek contributed £15,109,000 to Group revenue and £4,979,000 to consolidated 
operating profit before amortisation. The amortisation charge in the fifty week period from the acquired intangible assets was 
£3,322,000. If the acquisition had occurred on 1 January 2013 the contribution made by the business would not be materially different. 
It is not practicable to disclose profit before tax or profit attributable to equity shareholders as the Group manages its Treasury function 
on a Group basis.

ii) Other acquisitions
On 5 July 2013 the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of Flowco Limited (Flowco) based near Bath, UK for a consideration of 
£2,151,000. Flowco is a valve and actuator service company and is reported as part of the Controls division.

On 2 August 2013 the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of:
•	 the GTA Group (GTA) for £8,064,000. GTA is a leading manufacturer of rack and pinion pneumatic valve actuators and is principally 

based in Milan, Italy. The acquired businesses are reported within the Rotork Fluid System division. 

•	 Renfro (Renfro) for £2,786,000. Renfro is a valve adaptation and accessories business based in Broken Arrow, Oklahoma, USA.  

The acquired business is reported within the Rotork Gears division. 

In the period from acquisition to 31 December 2013 the businesses contributed £4,894,000 to Group revenue and £445,000 
to consolidated operating profit before amortisation. The amortisation charge in respect of these acquisitions during the year 
was £896,000. 

If these other acquisitions had occurred on 1 January 2013 the businesses would have contributed £11,573,000 to Group revenue and 
£1,178,000 to Group operating profit. It is not practicable to disclose profit before tax or profit attributable to equity shareholders as the 
Group manages its Treasury function on a Group basis.

iii) Acquisitions fair value table
The four acquisitions had the following effect on the Group’s assets and liabilities.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
 
 
87

3. acquisitiOns continued

Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Current assets 
Inventory
Trade and other receivables
Cash
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Warranty provision
Corporation tax
Loans and other borrowings
Non-current liabilities
Deferred tax liability
Loans and other borrowings

Total net assets
Goodwill

Purchase consideration

Paid in cash
Contingent consideration

Purchase consideration

Purchase consideration paid in cash
Cash held in subsidiary

Cash outflow on acquisition

Schischek

Other acquisitions

Total 

Book value Adjustments

Fair value

Book value Adjustments

Fair value

Fair value

3,238
–

–
18,541

3,238
18,541

1,353
2,197
1,610

(2,211)
(97)
(745)
(295)

(135)
(81)
–

–
(144)
(418)
–

1,218
2,116
1,610

(2,211)
(241)
(1,163)
(295)

1,745
–

3,198
2,508
1,211

(3,361)
–
(272)
(840)

(20)
5,697

1,725
5,697

4,963
24,238

(476)
(91)
–

(142)
(148)
(157)
–

2,722
2,417
1,211

(3,503)
(148)
(429)
(840)

3,940
4,533
2,821

(5,714)
(389)
(1,592)
(1,135)

–
(1,824)

(5,043)
–

(5,043)
(1,824)

(14)
(38)

(1,567)
–

(1,581)
(38)

(6,624)
(1,862)

3,226

12,720

15,946
19,084

35,030

35,030
–

35,030

35,030
(1,610)

33,420

4,137

3,096

7,233
5,768

23,179
24,852

13,001

48,031

11,026
1,975

46,056
1,975

13,001

48,031

11,026
(1,211)

46,056
(2,821)

9,815

43,235

The adjustments shown in the table represent the alignment of accounting policies of the acquired businesses to Rotork Group policies 
and the fair value adjustments of the assets and liabilities at the acquisition date of each of the businesses. 

Goodwill has arisen on these acquisitions as a result of the value attributed to staff expertise and the assembled workforce, which did 
not meet the recognition criteria for a separate intangible asset. 

The intangible assets identified comprise customer relationships, brands, product design patents and acquired order books.

2012
On 9 November 2012 the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of Soldo srl. (Soldo) for £23,112,000. Soldo designs and 
manufactures control accessories for valve automation and is headquartered near Verona in Northern Italy. The acquired business is 
reported within the Instruments division. In the period since acquisition Soldo contributed £802,000 to Group revenue and £248,000 to 
consolidated operating profit before amortisation. The amortisation charge in the period since acquisition from the acquired intangible 
assets was £313,000.

If the acquisition had occurred on 1 January 2012 the business would have contributed £6,284,000 to Group revenue and £1,909,000 to 
Group operating profit. It is not practicable to disclose profit before tax or profit attributable to equity shareholders as the Group 
manages its Treasury function on a Group basis.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
88

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2013

3. acquisitiOns continued
2012 continued
The acquisition had the following effect on the Group’s assets and liabilities.

Current assets
Inventory
Trade and other receivables
Cash
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Warranty provision
Corporation tax
Non-current assets/liabilities
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Deferred tax

Total net assets
Goodwill

Purchase consideration

Paid in cash
Contingent consideration

Purchase consideration

Purchase consideration paid in cash
Cash held in subsidiary

Cash outflow on acquisition

Book value Adjustments

Fair value

1,044
1,474
1,640

(983)
–
(486)

361
–
3

(320)
(17)
–

(52)
(54)
–

–
9,668
(3,118)

3,053

6,107

724
1,457
1,640

(1,035)
(54)
(486)

361
9,668
(3,115)

9,160
13,952

23,112

22,314
798

23,112

22,314
(1,640)

20,674

The adjustments shown in the table represent the alignment of accounting policies to Rotork Group policies and the fair value 
adjustments of the assets and liabilities at the acquisition date. 

The contingent consideration is based on a 2013 profit target and will be payable in early 2014.

Goodwill has arisen on the acquisition as a result of the value attributed to staff expertise and the assembled workforce, which did not 
meet the recognition criteria for a separate intangible asset. 

The intangible assets identified are customer relationships, the Soldo brand and the acquired order book.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
4. Other incOme

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Other

5. Other expenses

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Other

6. persOnnel expenses

Wages and salaries (including bonus and incentive plans)
Social security costs
Pension costs (note 24)
Share-based payments (note 25)
(Decrease)/Increase in liability for long term service leave

89

2013

125
81

206

2013

100
16

116

2012

877
31

908

2012

18
14

32

2013

2012

112,497
13,888
6,002
2,177
(38)

95,942
11,343
4,995
2,030
19

134,526

114,329

The share-based payments are equity settled, comprising £285,000 (2012: £248,000) for the Sharesave plan and £1,892,000 
(2012: £1,782,000) for the Long Term Incentive Plan.

During the year, the average weekly number of employees, analysed by business segment was:
Controls
Fluid Systems
Gears
Instruments

UK
Overseas

2013
Number

2012
Number

1,701
731
322
138

1,576
627
272
106

2,892

2,581

607
2,285

567
2,014

2,892

2,581

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
90

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2013

7. net finance expense

Recognised in the income statement

Interest income
Expected return on assets in the pension schemes
Foreign exchange gains

Interest expense
Interest charge on pension scheme liabilities
Foreign exchange losses

Net Finance expense

2013

917
–
256

1,173

(653)
(1,168)
(620)

(2,441)

Restated
2012

616
–
30

646

(162)
(390)
(367)

(919)

(1,268)

(273)

The comparative balances for expected return from pension scheme assets have been reclassified to show a net interest charge on 
pension scheme liabilities in line with the changes in IAS19 which are explained in note 1. 

Recognised in equity

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges
Fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to income statement
Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations

Recognised in:
Hedging reserve
Translation reserve

2013

2012

3,035
(1,437) 
(4,981)

1,063

(664) 
(3,967)

(3,383)

(3,568)

1,598
(4,981)

399
(3,967)

(3,383)

(3,568)

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
91

Notes

2013

2012

i
i

i
i
i
i
i
ii
iii

6,699
102

12,147
1,214
1,816
1,283
2,170
6,361
364

332
161

493
95

588

144
40
69

253

5,416
36

7,399
924
1,095
932
1,918
5,328 
336

302
86

388
138

526

73
–
23

96

8. prOfit befOre tax
Profit before tax is stated after charging the following:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment:
– Owned assets
– Assets held under finance lease contracts
Amortisation:
– Other intangibles
– Development costs
Inventory write downs recognised in the year
Hire of plant and machinery
Other operating lease rentals
Research & development expenditure
Exchange differences realised 

Audit fees and expenses paid to KPMG Audit Plc:
– Audit of these financial statements
– Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries of the Company

Other auditors of Group reporting subsidiaries

Total audit fees and expenses

Amounts paid to KPMG Audit Plc and its associates in respect of:
– Taxation compliance services
– Half year review
– Other assurance services

These costs can be found under the following headings in the income statement:
i)  Both within cost of sales and administrative expenses;
ii)  Within administrative expenses;
iii)  Within financing income and expenses.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
92

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2013

9. incOme tax expense

Current tax:
UK corporation tax on profits for the year
Adjustment in respect of prior years

Overseas tax on profits for the year
Adjustment in respect of prior years

Total current tax

Deferred tax:
Origination and reversal of other temporary differences
Adjustment in respect of prior years

Total deferred tax

Total tax charge for year

Effective tax rate (based on profit before tax)

Profit before tax

Profit before tax multiplied by standard rate of corporation tax  

in the UK of 23.25% (2012: 24.5%)

Effects of:
Different tax rates on overseas earnings
Permanent differences
Utilisation of overseas tax holidays
Adjustments to tax charge in respect of prior years

2013

2013

2012

2012

7,986
156

34,790
(59)

9,017
(295)

8,142

8,722

27,892
480

34,731

42,873

28,372

37,094

(4,177)
(208)

(2,531)
316

(4,385)

38,488

27.9%

137,997

(2,215)

34,879

28.1%

124,194

32,084

30,428

6,019
497
(1)
(111)

3,942
14
(6)
501

Total tax charge for year

38,488

34,879

A tax credit of £632,000 (2012: £102,000) in respect of share-based payments has been recognised directly in equity in the year. 

The Group continues to expect its effective rate of corporation tax to be higher than the standard UK rate due to higher rates of tax in 
the USA, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan and India.

A credit of £3,611,000 (2012: £2,399,000) in respect of acquired intangible asset amortisation is included in the deferred tax credit of 
£4,385,000 (2012: £2,215,000).

There is an unrecognised deferred tax liability for temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries. Rotork plc controls 
the dividend policies of its subsidiaries and subsequently the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences. It is not practical to 
quantify the unprovided temporary differences as acknowledged within paragraph 40 of IAS 12.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
93

Land and
buildings

Plant and
equipment

Total

23,918
4,403
(67)
–
(487)

27,767
2,287
(12)
3,519
(508)

45,598
8,033
(1,258)
361
(929)

51,805
8,033
(1,530)
1,444
(1,078)

69,516
12,436
(1,325)
361
(1,416)

79,572
10,320
(1,542)
4,963
(1,586)

33,053

58,674

91,727

7,218
646
(26)
(88)

7,750
745
(11)
(76)

30,344
4,806
(1,154)
(619)

33,377
6,056
(1,405)
(580)

37,562
5,452
(1,180)
(707)

41,127
6,801
(1,416)
(656)

8,408

37,448

45,856

20,017

18,428

38,445

24,645

21,226

45,871

10. prOperty, plant and equipment

Cost
1 January 2012
Additions
Disposals
Acquisition through business combinations
Exchange adjustments

31 December 2012
Additions
Disposals
Acquisition through business combinations
Exchange adjustments

31 December 2013

Depreciation
1 January 2012
Charge for the year
Disposals
Exchange adjustments

31 December 2012
Charge for the year
Disposals
Exchange adjustments

31 December 2013

Net Book Value
31 December 2012

31 December 2013

The net book value of the Group’s plant and equipment includes £61,000 (2012: £28,000) in respect of assets held under finance leases.

Net book value of land and buildings can be analysed between:

Land
Buildings

Net book value at 31 December

2013

2012

2,794
21,851

2,262
17,755

24,645

20,017

It is the Group’s policy to test assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts 
may not be recoverable.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
94

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2013

11. gOOdwill

Cost
At 1 January
Acquisition through business combinations 
Exchange adjustments

At 31 December
Provision for impairment
At 1 January and 31 December

Carrying amounts

2013

2012

80,729
24,852
(431)

68,459
13,952
(1,682)

105,150

80,729

–

–

105,150

80,729

Cash generating units
Goodwill acquired through business combinations have been allocated to the lowest level of cash generating unit (CGU) and to the 
division in which it is reported. Where the acquired entities’ growth into new markets is through the Group’s existing sales network the 
lowest level of CGU is considered to be at the divisional level. 

The carrying value of goodwill is allocated as follows:

Controls
  Schischek 
  Other cash generating units

Fluid Systems
  Rotork Fluid Systems
  Rotork Sweden
  Other cash generating units

Gears
  Other cash generating units

Instruments
  Fairchild 
  Soldo

Total Group

2013

2012

19,003
9,279

–
8,707

28,282

8,707

7,594
6,796
11,978

7,422
6,837
8,611

26,368

22,870

9,069

7,709

9,069

7,709

26,722
14,709

27,247
14,196

41,431

41,443

105,150

80,729

Impairment testing
Goodwill is not amortised but is tested annually for impairment. 

Value in use calculations are used to determine the recoverable amount of goodwill allocated to each of the CGUs. These calculations 
use cash flow projections on actual operating results and management forecasts. 

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
95

11. gOOdwill continued
The key assumptions in the annual impairment review which cover all CGUs are set out below:

i) Management forecasts
The three year plan is a bottom up process which takes place as part of the annual budget process. The three year plan is prepared by 
each reporting entities’ management reflecting their view of the local market, known projects and experience of past performance. The 
annual budget and the three year plan are approved by the Board each year.

ii) Long term growth rates
In the period after the three year plan growth rates are forecast at 2% per annum for each CGU (2012: 2%). A rate of 2% is considered 
to be prudent given the significant organic growth of the business over the last 10 years.

iii) Discount rates
All Rotork divisions operate in the same industry sectors and markets around the world. Therefore discount rates for each of the CGUs 
are considered to be 10.5 % (2012: 10.4%) which represents a reasonable rate for a market participant in this sector.

Sensitivity analysis
Sensitivity analysis has been undertaken for each CGU to assess the impact of any reasonable change in assumptions. Using the key 
assumptions above there is no reasonable change that would cause the carrying values of any CGU to exceed the recoverable amount 
apart from Soldo and Fairchild, the sensitivities for which are explained below. 

With regard to Soldo, which has only been part of the Group for 14 months, downside sensitivities have been assessed. An increase in 
the discount rate to 14.9% would result in the goodwill being impaired. If the long term growth rate was 3% rather than 2%, the 
discount rate would need to increase to 15.7% for the goodwill to become impaired. 

With regard to Fairchild, downside sensitivities have been assessed and an increase in the discount rate to 15.0% (2012: 12.8%) would 
result in the goodwill being impaired. If the long term growth rate was 3% rather than 2%, the discount rate would need to increase to 
15.8% (2012: 13.6%) for the goodwill to become impaired. 

It is anticipated that as Soldo and Fairchild become more established within the Group and each of the companies leverage the sales 
network opportunities the long term growth rate should comfortably exceed the 2.0% growth rate assumed in the forecast.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
96

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2013

12. intangible assets

Cost
1 January 2012
Acquisition through business combinations
Internally developed
Exchange adjustments

31 December 2012
Acquisition through business combinations
Internally developed
Exchange adjustments

31 December 2013

Amortisation
1 January 2012
Charge for the year
Exchange adjustments

31 December 2012
Charge for the year
Exchange adjustments

31 December 2013

Net Book Value
31 December 2012

31 December 2013

Business combinations acquired 
intangible assets

Research &
development
costs

Brands

Customer
relationships

Other

Total

6,994
–
2,075
–

9,069
–
2,033
(6)

17,678
4,808
–
(532)

21,954
7,968
–
(242)

22,593
4,706
–
(577)

26,722
12,298
–
(584)

3,789
154
–
(101)

3,842
3,972
–
(84)

51,054
9,668
2,075
(1,210)

61,587
24,238
2,033
(916)

11,096

29,680

38,436

7,730

86,942

3,926
924
–

4,850
1,214
–

1,912
2,256
(58)

4,110
3,816
(201)

4,203
4,669
(80)

8,792
6,684
(456)

2,688
474
(70)

3,092
1,647
(87)

12,729
8,323
(208)

20,844
13,361
(744)

6,064

7,725

15,020

4,652

33,461

4,219

17,844

17,930

750

40,743

5,032

21,955

23,416

3,078

53,481

Other acquired intangible assets represent order books and intellectual property.

The amortisation charge is recognised within administrative expenses in the income statement.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
97

13. recOgnised deferred tax assets and liabilities

Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Employee benefits
Provisions
Other items

Net tax assets/(liabilities)
Set off of tax

Assets
2013

Liabilities
2013

Net
2013

282
–
5,890
5,535
1,605

(1,094)
(14,731)
–
–
(2,629)

(812)
(14,731)
5,890
5,535
(1,024)

Assets
2012

384
–
8,004
4,701
1,267

Liabilities
2012

(1,238)
(11,455)
–
–
(2,167)

13,312
(1,534)

(18,454)
1,534

(5,142)
–

14,356
(1,372)

(14,860)
1,372

11,778

(16,920)

(5,142)

12,984

(13,488)

Net
2012

(854)
(11,455)
8,004
4,701
(900)

(504)
–

(504)

Movements in the net deferred tax balance during the year are as follows:

Balance at 1 January
Credited to the income statement
Charged directly to equity in respect of share-based payments
Acquired as part of business combinations
Credited directly to equity in respect of pension schemes
Charged directly to hedging reserves in respect of cash flow hedges
Exchange differences

Balance at 31 December

2013

2012

(504)
4,385
188
(6,624)
(2,141)
(324)
(122)

462
2,215
(116)
(3,115)
286
(140)
(96)

(5,142)

(504)

A deferred tax asset of £11,778,000 (2012: £12,984,000) has been recognised at 31 December 2013. The directors are of the opinion, 
based on recent and forecast trading, that the level of profits in the current and future years make it more likely than not that these 
assets will be recovered. 

A deferred tax asset of £1,664,000 (2012: £1,807,000) has not been recognised in relation to capital losses. This asset may be recovered 
if sufficient capital profits are made in future in the companies concerned. There is no expiry date in relation to this asset.

14. inventOries

Raw materials and consumables
Work in progress
Finished goods

2013

2012

51,844
8,445
14,792

48,279
11,474
11,347

75,081

71,100

Included in cost of sales was £217,697,000 (2012: £199,710,000) in respect of inventories consumed in the year. 

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
 
 
 
 
 
98

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2013

15. trade and Other receivables

Non-current assets:
Insurance policy
Other

Other receivables

Current assets:
Trade receivables
Less provision for impairment of receivables

Trade receivables – net

Corporation tax

Current tax

Other non-trade receivables
Prepayments and accrued income

Other receivables

16. cash and cash equivalents

Bank balances
Cash in hand
Short term deposits

Cash and cash equivalents
Bank overdraft

Cash and cash equivalents in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

2013

2012

1,465
67

1,368
306

1,532

1,674

107,801
(1,825)

97,635
(1,813)

105,976

95,822

1,145

1,946

1,145

1,946

7,333
4,819

5,196
4,466

12,152

9,662

2013

2012

40,747
43
28,083

68,873
–

42,746
101
17,021

59,868
–

68,873

59,868

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
99

17. capital and reserves
Share capital and share premium

At 1 January
Issued under employee share schemes

At 31 December

Number of shares (000)

5p Ordinary
shares
Issued
and fully
paid up
2013

£1 Non-
redeemable
preference
shares
2013

4,340
4

4,344

86,871

40
–

40

5p Ordinary
shares
Issued
and fully
paid up
2012

4,338
2

4,340

86,808

£1 Non-
redeemable
preference
shares
2012

40
–

40

The ordinary shareholders are entitled to receive dividends as declared and are entitled to vote at meetings of the Company. 

The Group received proceeds of £586,000 (2012: £425,000) in respect of the 62,904 (2012: 57,481) ordinary shares issued during the 
year: £4,000 (2012: £2,000) was credited to share capital and £582,000 (2012: £423,000) to share premium. Further details of the share 
awards are shown in note 25.

The preference shareholders take priority over the ordinary shareholders when there is a distribution upon winding up the Company or 
on a reduction of equity involving a return of capital. The holders of preference shares are entitled to vote at a general meeting of the 
Company if a preference dividend is in arrears for six months or the business of the meeting includes the consideration of a resolution for 
winding up the Company or the alteration of the preference shareholders’ rights.

Within the retained earnings reserve are own shares held. The investment in own shares represents 162,518 (2012: 169,511) ordinary 
shares of the Company held in trust for the benefit of directors and employees for future payments under the Share Incentive Plan and 
Long Term Incentive Plan. The dividends on these shares have been waived.

Translation reserve
The translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign 
operations.

Capital redemption reserve
The capital redemption reserve arises when the Company redeems shares wholly out of distributable profits.

Hedging reserve
The hedging reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments that 
are determined to be an effective hedge.

Dividends
The following dividends were paid in the year per qualifying ordinary share:

26.6p final dividend (2012: 22.75p) 
18.05p interim dividend (2012: 16.4p) 

2013
Payment date

2013

2012

16 May
24 September

23,082
15,653

19,718
14,206

38,735

33,924

After the balance sheet date the following dividends per qualifying ordinary share were proposed by the directors. The dividends have 
not been provided for and there are no corporation tax consequences.

Final proposed dividend per qualifying ordinary share
30.0p 

26.6p

2013

2012

26,061

23,091

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2013

18. earnings per share
Basic earnings per share
Earnings per share is calculated for both the current and previous years using the profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders for the 
year. The earnings per share calculation is based on 86.7m shares (2012: 86.6m shares) being the weighted average number of ordinary 
shares in issue (net of own ordinary shares held) for the year.

Net profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

Weighted average number of ordinary shares
Issued ordinary shares at 1 January
Effect of own shares held
Effect of shares issued under Share option schemes/Sharesave plans

Weighted average number of ordinary shares during the year 

Basic earnings per share

2013

2012

99,509

89,315

86,638
44
9

86,523
55
14

86,691

86,592

114.8p

103.1p

Adjusted basic earnings per share
Adjusted basic earnings per share is calculated for both the current and previous years using the profit attributable to the ordinary 
shareholders for the year after adding back the after tax amortisation charge.

Net profit attributable to ordinary shareholders
Amortisation
Tax effect on amortisation at effective rate

Adjusted net profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

Weighted average number of ordinary shares during the year 

Adjusted basic earnings per share

2013

2012

99,509
12,147
(3,388)

89,315
7,399
(2,078)

108,268

94,636

86,691

86,592

124.9p

109.3p

Diluted earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share is based on the profit for the year attributable to the ordinary shareholders and 87.1m shares (2012: 87.0m 
shares). The number of shares is equal to the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (net of own ordinary shares held) 
adjusted to assume conversion of all potentially dilutive ordinary shares. The Company has three categories of potentially dilutive  
ordinary shares: those share options granted to employees under the Share option scheme and Sharesave plan where the exercise price is 
less than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the year and contingently issuable shares awarded under the 
Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP).

Net profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (diluted)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the year 
Effect of Sharesave options in issue
Effect of LTIP shares in issue

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (diluted) during the year 

Diluted earnings per share

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

2013

2012

99,509

89,315

86,691
103
277

86,592
106
343

87,071

87,041

114.3p

102.6p

124.3p

108.8p

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101

19. interest bearing lOans and bOrrOwings
This note provides information about the contractual terms of the Group’s interest bearing loans and borrowings. For more information 
about the Group’s exposure to interest rate and currency risk, see note 26.

Non-current liabilities
Preference shares classified as debt
Bank loans
Finance lease liabilities

Current liabilities
Bank loans
Finance lease liabilities

2013

2012

40
1,607
31

1,678

502
30

532

40
62
14

116

30
26

56

Terms and debt repayment schedule
The terms and conditions of outstanding loans were as follows:

Non-redeemable preference shares
Bank loans and overdrafts
Finance lease liabilities

Sterling

9.5%
–
Euro 0% – 4.5% 2014-32
Sterling, Euro & Yen 0% – 6.7% 2014-17

40
2,109
61

2,210

40
92 
40

172

Currency

Interest rates

Year of 
maturity

2013

2012

Repayment profile
Finance leases, bank loans and overdrafts are payable as follows:

Bank loans less than one year
Bank loans more than one and less than five years
Bank loans more than five years
Finance leases less than one year
Finance leases more than one and less than five years

Principal
2013

Interest
2013

Minimum 
payments
2013

Principal
2012

Interest
2012

Minimum 
payments
2012

502
736
871
30
31

2,170

37
105
140
3
2

287

539
841
1,011
33
33

2,457

30
62
–
26
14

132

–
–
–
1
1

2

30
62
–
27
15

134

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2013

20. emplOyee benefits

Recognised liability for defined benefit obligations:
– Present value of funded obligations
– Fair value of plan assets

Other pension scheme liabilities
Employee bonuses
Long term incentive plan
Employee indemnity provision
Other employee benefits

Non-current
Current

2013

Restated
2012

152,882
(132,684)

151,501
(122,802)

20,198
477
14,726 
576
1,833
2,374

28,699
1,291
11,958 
620
1,329
2,228

40,184

46,125

22,705
17,479

32,060
14,065

40,184

46,125

The comparatives of employee bonuses, other employee benefits and other payables (note 22) have been reclassified to improve the 
information provided in the disclosure. The effect of this restatement is that the total current employee benefits have increased by 
£3,323,000 to £14,065,000. This change has no impact on the Consolidated income statements, the Consolidated statement of changes 
in equity, the consolidated statement of cash flows or the net assets of the Group. 

Defined benefit pension scheme disclosures are detailed in note 24.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21. prOvisiOns

Balance at 1 January 2013
Exchange differences
Increase as a result of business combinations
Provisions used during the year
Charged in the year

Balance at 31 December 2013

Maturity at 31 December 2013
Non-current
Current

Maturity at 31 December 2012
Non-current
Current

103

Contingent
consideration

Warranty
provision

1,122
(29)
1,975
(250)
(9)

5,514
(117)
389
(978)
1,877

Total

6,636
(146)
2,364
(1,228)
1,868

2,809

6,685

9,494

400
2,409

2,228
4,457

2,628
6,866

2,809

6,685

9,494

863
259

1,838
3,676

2,701
3,935

1,122

5,514

6,636

The warranty provision is based on estimates made from historical warranty data associated with similar products and services. 
The provision relates mainly to products sold during the last 12 months, the typical warranty period is now 18 months.

Contingent consideration relates to amounts outstanding in respect of the acquisitions of Soldo srl, Flowco Limited and the GTA Group. 
It is anticipated that the non-current balance will be settled in 2015.

22. trade and Other payables

Trade payables

Corporation tax

Current tax

Other taxes and social security
Payments on account
Other payables and accrued expenses

Other payables

2013

Restated
2012

38,019

36,355

14,836

11,143

14,836

11,143

6,922
7,995
16,085

5,795
9,108
16,986

31,002

31,889

The comparatives of other payables and accrued expenses and employee benefits (note 20) have been reclassified to improve the 
information provided in the disclosure. The effect of this restatement is that other payables and accrued expenses have decreased by 
£3,323,000 to £16,986,000. This change has no impact on the consolidated income statements, the consolidated statement of changes 
in equity, the consolidated statement of cash flows or the net assets of the Group.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
104

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2013

23. derivative financial instruments

Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange swaps – cash flow hedges

Total 

Less non-current portion:
Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedges

Current portion

2013
Assets

2013
Liabilities

3,067
670

3,737

(804)

2,933

32
–

32

–

32

2012
Assets

1,507
747

2,254

–

2,254

2012
Liabilities

70
26

96

–

96

The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability if the remaining maturity of the hedged item is 
more than 12 months and, as a current asset or liability, if the maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months.

There was no ineffectiveness to be recorded from the use of foreign exchange contracts.

The hedged forecast transactions denominated in foreign currency are expected to occur at various dates. Gains and losses in respect of 
these derivatives recognised in the hedging reserve in equity (note 17) at 31 December 2013 are recognised in the income statement in 
the period or periods during which the hedged forecast transaction affects the income statement.

24. pensiOn schemes
i) Defined benefit pension schemes
The Group operates two defined benefit pension arrangements one in the UK called the Rotork Pension and Life Assurance Scheme 
(UK Scheme) and one in the USA called the Rotork Controls Inc. Pension Plan. The Schemes provide benefits based on final salary and 
length of service on retirement, leaving service or death. 

The UK Scheme is subject to the Statutory Funding Objective under the Pensions Act 2004. A valuation of the Scheme is carried out at 
least once every three years to determine whether the Statutory Funding Objective is met. As part of the process the Company must 
agree with the trustees of the Scheme the contributions to be paid to address any shortfall against the Statutory Funding Objective and 
contributions to pay for future accrual of benefits.

The UK Scheme is managed by a Trustee, with directors appointed in part by the Group and part from elections by members of the 
Scheme. The Trustee has responsibility for obtaining valuations of the fund, administering benefit payments and investing the Scheme’s 
assets. The Trustee delegates some of these functions to their professional advisers where appropriate.

The US Pension Plan is subject to the ERISA funding requirements.  A valuation of the Plan is valued yearly to ensure the Funding 
Objective is met under ERISA by contributing at least the Minimum Required Contribution.  As part of this process the Company must 
contribute to the Plan enough contributions to ensure at least the Minimum Contribution is deposited in the Trust to pay for the accrual 
of benefits.

The two defined benefit pension arrangements expose the Group to a number of risks:
•	

Investment risk. The Schemes hold investments in asset classes, such as equities, which have volatile market values and while these 
assets are expected to provide real returns over the long-term the short-term volatility can cause additional funding to be required if a 
deficit emerges.
Interest rate risk. The Schemes’ liabilities are assessed using market yields on high quality corporate bonds to discount the liabilities. 
As the Scheme holds assets such as equities the value of the assets and liabilities may not move in the same way.

•	

•	 Inflation risk. A significant proportion of the benefits under the Schemes are linked to inflation. Although the Schemes’ assets 
are expected to provide a good hedge against inflation over the long term, movements over the short-term could lead to 
deficits emerging.

•	 Mortality risk. In the event that members live longer than assumed a deficit will emerge in the Scheme.

There were no plan amendments, curtailments or settlements during the period.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
24. pensiOn schemes continued
Movements in the present value of defined benefit obligations

Liabilities at 1 January
Current service costs
Administration costs
Member contributions
Interest cost
Benefits paid
Actuarial (gain) / loss
Currency gain

Liabilities at 31 December

Movements in fair value of plan assets

Assets at 1 January
Interest income on plan assets
Employer contributions
Member contributions
Benefits paid
Return on plan assets, excluding interest income on plan assets
Currency loss 

Assets at 31 December

Expense recognised in the income statement

Current service costs
Administration costs
Net interest cost

The expense is recognised in the following line items in the income statement

Cost of sales
Administrative expenses
Net interest cost 

Remeasurements over the year

Experience adjustments on plan assets
Experience adjustments on plan liabilities
Actuarial gain/(loss) from changes to financial assumptions
Actuarial gain from changes to demographic assumptions
Experience adjustments on currency

105

2013

2012

151,501
2,773
345
499
6,448
(4,079)
(4,314)
(291)

132,804
2,350
272
487
6,400
(3,639)
13,524
(697)

152,882

151,501

2013

2012

122,802
5,280
4,999
499
(4,079)
3,355
(172)

107,429
6,010
9,263
487
(3,639)
3,612
(360)

132,684

122,802

2013

2012

2,773
345
1,168

2,350
272
390

4,286

3,012

2013

2012

972
2,146
1,168

435
2,187
390

4,286

3,012

2013

2012

3,355
589
1,715
2,010
119

3,612
(20)
(13,504)
–
337

7,788

(9,575)

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
106

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2013

24. pensiOn schemes continued
Reconciliation of net defined benefit obligation

Net defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the year
Current service costs
Administration costs
Net interest cost
Remeasurements over the year
Employer contributions

2013

2012

28,699
2,773
345
1,168
(7,788)
(4,999)

25,375
2,350
272
390
9,575
(9,263)

20,198

28,699

Liability for defined benefit obligations
The principal actuarial assumptions at 31 December 2013 (expressed as weighted averages):

Discount rate
Rate of increase in salaries
Rate of increase in pensions (post May 2000)
Rate of increase in pensions (pre May 2000)
Rate of inflation

UK scheme 
(% per annum)

US scheme 
(% per annum)

Average 
(% per annum)

2013

4.6
3.9
3.3
4.6
3.4

2012

4.3
3.4
2.8
4.5
2.9

2013

5.0
4.5
0.0
0.0
3.5

2012

4.1
4.5
0.0
0.0
3.5

2013

4.6
4.0
3.0
4.2
3.4

2012

4.3
3.5
2.5
4.0
3.0

The Retail Price Index is used as the rate of inflation as it is a requirement of the pension scheme rules.

The split of the schemes’ assets were as follows:

Equities
Bonds
Property
Cash
US deposit administration contract

Total

Actual return on the schemes’ assets

2013
Fair value

68,724
46,782
7,485
931
8,763

2012
Fair value

58,809
47,480
6,883
1,663
7,967

132,685

122,802

8,636

9,262

The mortality assumptions used are the S1NXA year of birth tables with future improvements in mortality based on the CMI_2012 
projections (2012: CMI_2009 projections) with a long-term rate of improvement of 1.25% per annum (2012: 1.5%).

By way of example the respective mortality tables indicate the following life expectancy:

Current Age

65
45

2013 
Life Expectancy at age 65

2012 
Life Expectancy at age 65

Male

Female

Male

Female

22.4
24.1

24.9
26.8

22.5
24.8

24.8
27.2

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
24. pensiOn schemes continued
Sensitivity analysis on the scheme liabilities

Adjustments to assumptions

Discount rate
Plus 0.5% pa
Minus 0.5% pa
Inflation
Plus 0.5% pa
Minus 0.5% pa
Salary Increase
Plus 0.5% pa
Minus 0.5% pa
Life Expectancy
Decrease mortality rates by a factor of 10%
Increase mortality rates by a factor of 10%

107

Approximate effect on liabilities

(14,139)
16,332

8,152
(7,509)

3,440
(3,184)

5,044
(4,509)

Note that the above sensitivities are approximate and only show the likely effect of an assumption being adjusted whilst all other 
assumptions remain the same. 

For the life expectancy sensitivity we have increased/decreased the mortality rates by a factor of 10%. Broadly speaking this decreases/
increases the assumed life expectancy by 1 year. 

The sensitivity analysis shown above was determined using the same method as per the calculation of liabilities for the balance sheet 
disclosures, but using assumptions adjusted as detailed above. 

Effect of the Schemes on Groups future cashflows
The Group is required to agree a Schedule of Contributions with the Trustees of the UK Scheme following a valuation which must be 
carried out at least once every three years. The next valuation of the Scheme will have an effective date of 31 March 2016. In the event 
that the valuation reveals a larger deficit than expected the Group may be required to increase contributions above those set out in the 
existing Schedule of Contributions. Conversely, if the position is better than expected contributions may be reduced.

The Group estimates that cash contributions to the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes during 2014 will be £3,381,000 for regular 
payments and additional payments of £5,200,000 in relation to past service (2012: £2,450,000).

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation is 21 years.

ii) Other pension plans
The Group makes a contribution to a number of defined contribution plans around the world to provide benefits for employees upon 
retirement. Total expense relating to these plans in the year was £2,884,000 (2012: £2,558,000).

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
108

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2013

25. share-based payments
The Group awards shares under the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) and under the Save As You Earn scheme. The share-based payment 
expense included in the income statement for each of the plans can be analysed as follows:

LTIP – equity settled
Sharesave plan

Total expense recognised as employee costs (note 6)

2013

2012

1,892
285

1,782
248

2,177

2,030

Volatility assumptions for equity-based payments
The expected volatility of all equity compensation benefits is based on the historic volatility (calculated based on the weighted average 
remaining life of each benefit), adjusted for any expected changes to future volatility due to publicly available information.

a) Sharesave plan
UK employees are invited to join the Sharesave plan when an offer is made each year. All the offers to date were made at a 20% 
discount to market price at the time. There are no performance criteria for the Sharesave plan. Employees are given the option of joining 
either the 3 year or the 5 year scheme.

Grant date
Share price at grant date
Exercise price
Shares granted under scheme
Vesting period
Expected volatility
Risk free rate
Expected dividends expressed as a dividend yield
Probability of ceasing employment before vesting
Fair value

3 year scheme

2013

30 September
£27.27
£21.94
28,822
3 years
24.9%
0.92%
1.6%
20%
£6.82

2012

1 December
£24.80
£17.62
27,772
3 years
26.3%
0.4%
1.6%
20%
£7.62

5 year scheme

2013

30 September
£27.27
£21.94
26,137
5 years
31.5%
1.62%
1.6%
20%
£9.03

2012

1 December
£24.80
£17.62
25,939
5 years
33.4%
0.8%
1.6%
20%
£9.25

Movements in the number of share options outstanding and their weighted average exercise prices are as follows:

At 1 January 
Granted
Exercised
Lapsed

At 31 December 

2013

2012

Average 
exercise price 
in £ per share

12.24
21.94
8.96
15.76

15.28

Options

242,830
54,959
(62,904)
(6,922)

227,963

Average
exercise price
 in £ per share

10.17
17.62
7.45
12.18

12.24

Options

247,588
53,711
(51,174)
(7,295)

242,830

Of the 227,963 outstanding options (2012: 242,830), 4,562 are exercisable (2012: 5,760). 

The Group received proceeds of £586,000 in respect of the 62,904 options exercised during the year: £4,000 was credited to share 
capital and £582,000 to share premium. The weighted average share price at date of exercise was £26.51 (2012: £24.40).

The weighted average remaining life of 82,224 (2012: 79,106) awards outstanding under the 3 year plan is two years. The weighted 
average remaining life of 145,739 (2012: 163,724) awards outstanding under the 5 year plan is two years.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
109

25. share-based payments continued
b) Long Term Incentive Plan
The Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) is a performance share plan under which shares are conditionally allocated to selected members of 
senior management at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee on an annual basis. Following shareholder approval of the LTIP at 
the Company’s AGM on 18 May 2000, awards over shares are made to executive directors and senior managers each year. 

2010 LTIP plan
Following shareholder approval of the 2010 LTIP plan at the Company’s AGM on 23 April 2010, awards of shares have been made 
annually to executive and senior managers. Half of these awards vest under a TSR performance condition and half under an EPS 
performance condition.

TSR measures the change in value of a share and reinvested dividends over the period of measurement. The actual number of shares 
transferred will be determined by the number of shares initially allocated multiplied by a vesting percentage. The actual number of shares 
transferred will be 25% at the 50th percentile rising to 100% at the 75th percentile.

The EPS performance condition is satisfied with 15% of the awards vesting if the EPS growth is RPI + 10% over the vesting period up to 
a maximum of 100% vesting if EPS growth exceeds RPI +25%.

The performance period for the 2010 awards ended on 31 December 2012. Messrs. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as independent 
actuaries certified to the Remuneration Committee that there was a 75.5% vesting of this award as the Company was in the 59th 
percentile relative to the comparator group and the Group’s EPS growth has exceeded the minimum average annual growth in the RPI 
plus 2% per annum. The awards vested during 2013.

The performance period for the 2011 awards ended on 31 December 2013. Messrs. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as independent 
actuaries certified to the Remuneration Committee that there was a 67.0% vesting of these awards based on the performance criteria of 
the scheme. The awards will vest during 2014.

Grant date
Share price at grant date
Shares granted under scheme
Vesting period
Expected volatility
Risk free rate
Expected dividends expressed as a dividend yield
Probability of ceasing employment before vesting
Fair value of awards under TSR performance conditions
Fair value of awards under EPS performance conditions

2010 Award
2011 Award
2012 Award
2013 Award

2013

2012

7 March 2013
£29.05
98,832
3 years
25.7%
0.3%
1.5%
5% p.a.
£17.02
£28.19

1 March 2012
£20.70
124,275
3 years
28%
0.5%
2.4%
5% p.a.
£12.49
£19.36

Outstanding 
at start 
of year

133,246
124,906
122,695
–

Granted 
during year

Vested during 
year

–
–
–
98,832

(100,589)
–
–
–

Outstanding 
at end 
of year

–
124,906
122,695
98,832

Lapsed

(32,657)
–
–
–

380,847

98,832 (100,589)

(32,657) 346,433

At the date of vesting the 2010 awards were valued at £29.50. The weighted average remaining life of awards outstanding at the year 
end is one year.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
 
 
 
110

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2013

26. financial instruments
Financial risk and treasury policies
The Treasury department maintains liquidity, identifies and manages foreign exchange risk, manages relations with the Group’s bankers 
and provides a treasury service to the Group’s businesses. Treasury dealings such as investments, borrowings and foreign exchange are 
conducted only to support underlying business transactions.

The Group has clearly defined policies for the management of credit, foreign exchange and interest rate risk. The Group Treasury 
department is not a profit centre and, therefore, does not undertake speculative foreign exchange dealings for which there is no 
underlying exposure. Exposures resulting from sales and purchases in foreign currency are matched where possible and the net exposure 
may be hedged.

a) Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual 
obligations, and arises principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and cash on deposit with financial institutions. 

Management has a credit policy in place and exposure to credit risk is both monitored on an ongoing basis and reduced through the use 
of credit insurance covering 80% to 90% of trade receivables at any time. Credit evaluations are carried out on all customers requiring 
credit above a certain threshold, with varying approval levels set around this depending on the value of the sale. At the balance sheet 
date there were no significant concentrations of credit risk.

Goods are sold subject to retention of title clauses, so that in the event of non–payment the Group may have a secured claim.

The Group maintains an allowance for impairment in respect of non–insured receivables where recoverability is considered doubtful.

The Group Treasury Committee meets regularly and reviews the credit risk associated with institutions that hold a material cash balance. 
As well as credit ratings, counterparties and instruments are assessed for credit default swap pricing and liquidity of funds.

Exposure to credit risk
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting 
date was:

Trade receivables
Other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Foreign exchange contracts 

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade receivables at the reporting date by currency was:

Sterling
US dollar
Euro
Indian rupee
Other

Carrying amount

2013

2012

105,976
13,684
68,873
3,737

95,822
11,336
59,868
2,254

192,270

169,280

Carrying amount

2013

2012

13,166
30,128
42,244
3,528
16,910

9,273
29,486
37,102
3,744
16,217

105,976

95,822

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
111

26. financial instruments continued
Provisions against trade receivables
The aging of trade receivables and the associated provision for impairment at the reporting date was:

Not past due
Past due 0–30 days
Past due 31–60 days
Past due 61–90 days
Past due more than 91 days

Gross
2013

Provision
2013

73,493
15,873
9,117
3,107
6,211

(225)
(56)
(68)
(143)
(1,333)

Gross
2012

63,581
17,716
7,030
3,244
6,064

Provision
2012

(102)
(16)
(50)
(123)
(1,522)

107,801

(1,825)

97,635

(1,813)

b) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s approach to 
managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under both 
normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation.

The Group is highly cash generative, and uses monthly cash flow forecasts to monitor cash requirements and to optimise its return on 
investments. Typically the Group ensures that it has sufficient cash on hand to meet foreseeable operational expenses; it also maintains a 
£7m overdraft facility (2012: £7m) on which interest would be payable at base rate plus 1.5%. In January 2014 the Group extended its 
£15m committed loan facility until January 2015. Interest is payable on this committed facility at LIBOR plus 1%.

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including interest payments and excluding the impact of 
netting agreements:

31 December 2013

Bank loans and overdrafts
Finance lease liabilities
Trade and other payables
Foreign exchange contracts
Non-redeemable preference shares

31 December 2012

Bank loans and overdrafts
Finance lease liabilities
Trade and other payables
Forward exchange contracts
Non-redeemable preference shares

Carrying 
amount

Contractual 
cash flows

Less than 
12 months

1–2 years

2–5 years

More than 
5 years

Analysis of contractual cash flow maturities

2,109
61
69,021
32
40

2,391
66
69,021
32
40

539
33
69,021
32
–

71,263

71,550 

69,625

308
22
–
–
–

330

533
11
–
–
–

544

1,011
–
–
–
40

1,051

Carrying 
amount

Contractual 
cash flows

Less than
 12 months

1–2 years

2–5 years

More than 
5 years

Analysis of contractual cash flow maturities

92
40
68,244
96
40

92
42
68,244
96
40

30
28
68,244
96
–

68,512

68,514

68,398

30
11
–
–
–

41

32
3
–
–
–

35

–
–
–
–
40

40

Where a counterparty experiences credit stress then the foreign exchange contracts may be settled on a net basis but standard practice 
is to settle on a gross basis and the undiscounted gross outflow in respect of these contracts is £166,745,000 (2012: £134,353,000) and 
the gross inflow is £170,588,000 (2012: £136,625,000).

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
 
 
 
 
 
 
112

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2013

26. financial instruments continued
c) Market risk
Market risk arises from changes in market prices, such as currency rates and interest rates, and may affect the Group’s results.  
The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk within suitable parameters.

i) Currency risk
The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk on sales and purchases that are denominated in a currency other than the business unit’s 
functional currency. The currencies primarily giving rise to this risk are the US dollar and related currencies and the euro. The Group 
hedges up to 75% of forecast US dollar or euro foreign currency exposures using forward exchange contracts. In respect of other 
non-sterling monetary assets and liabilities the exposures may also be hedged up to 75% where this is deemed appropriate.

As part of the Group’s cash management some of the overseas subsidiaries have loan and deposit balances where their intra-group 
counterparty is in the UK. The balances are typically in local currency for the subsidiary so the UK holds a foreign currency current asset 
or liability which is usually hedged through the use of foreign exchange swaps. At the balance sheet date only the ‘forward’ part of the 
swap remains and this is designated as a cash flow hedge to match the currency exposure of the intercompany loan asset.

The Group classifies its forward exchange contracts (that hedge both the forecast sale and purchase transactions and the intercompany 
loan and deposit balances) as cash flow hedges and states them at fair value. The net fair value of foreign exchange contracts used as 
hedges at 31 December 2013 was a £3,705,000 asset (2012: £2,158,000 asset) comprising an asset of £3,737,000 (2012: £2,254,000) 
and a liability of £32,000 (2012: £96,000). Forward exchange contracts in place at 31 December 2013 mature in 2014 and 2015.

Changes in the fair value of foreign exchange contracts that economically hedge monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies, and 
for which no hedge accounting is applied, are recognised in the income statement. 

Sensitivity analysis
It is estimated that, with all other variables held equal (in particular other exchange rates), a general change of one cent in the value 
of euro against sterling would have had an impact on the Group’s operating profit for the year ended 31 December 2013 of £325,000 
(2012: £350,000) and a change of one cent in the value of US dollar against sterling would have had an impact of the Group’s 
operating profit for the year ended 31 December 2013 of £450,000 (2012: £350,000). The method of estimation, which has been 
applied consistently, involves assessing the transaction impact of US dollar and euro cash flows and the translation impact of US dollar 
and euro profits

The following significant exchange rates applied during the year:

US dollar
Euro

Average rate

Closing rate

2013

1.56
1.18

2012

1.59
1.23

2013

1.66
1.20

2012

1.62
1.23

ii) Interest rate risk
The Group does not undertake any hedging activity in this area. All cash deposits are made at prevailing interest rates and the majority is 
available with same day notice, though deposits are sometimes made with a maturity of no more than three months. The main element 
of interest rate risk concerns sterling, US dollar, euro and renminbi deposits, all of which are on a floating rate basis.

The interest rate profile of the Group’s financial liabilities at 31 December was as follows:

Fixed rate financial liabilities
Floating rate financial liabilities

2013

1,010
1,200

2,210

2012

150
22

172

The fixed and floating rate financial liabilities comprise finance leases, preference shares and bank loans. The floating rate lease 
obligations bear interest at rates determined by reference to the relevant LIBOR or equivalent rate.

The weighted average interest rate of the fixed rate financial liabilities is 1.6% or 2.0% excluding the zero rate debt (2012: 1.1% or 
6.3%). The weighted average period for which (non zero) interest rates on the fixed rate financial liabilities are fixed is 3.4 years.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
 
 
 
 
113

26. financial instruments continued
The maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities at 31 December was as follows:

In one year or less
In more than one year but not more than two years
In more than two years but not more than five years
In more than five years

Total

2013

532
297
470
911

2012

56
41
35
40

2,210

172

d) Capital risk management
The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure it maintains sufficient capital in order to support its business 
and maximise shareholder value. The group has an asset-light business model and uses cash generated from operations to either 
invest organically or by acquisition. The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in 
economic and market conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to 
shareholders or issue new shares. 

The Group defines capital as net funds and equity attributable to shareholders (see note 17). There are no externally imposed restrictions 
on the Group’s capital structure.

The Group monitors capital using the following indicators:

i) Group net funds 

Total borrowings
Cash and cash equivalents (note 16)

Group net funds

ii) Return on capital employed

Adjusted operating profit
Operating profit 
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Capital employed
Shareholders funds 

Cash and cash equivalents (note 16)
Interest bearing loans and borrowings

Net cash

Pension deficit net of deferred tax

Average capital employed
Return on capital employed

2013

 2012

(2,210)
68,873

(172)
59,868

66,663

59,696

2013

 2012

139,265
12,147

124,467
7,399

151,412

131,866

332,079

269,323

(68,873)
2,210

(59,868)
172

(66,663)

(59,696)

15,552

21,811

280,968

231,438 

256,203
59.1%

213,090
61.9%

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
114

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2013

26. financial instruments continued
e) Fair values
The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the balance sheet, were as follows:

Loans and receivables
Trade receivables
Other receivables

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Designated cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange contracts:
  Financial assets
  Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Bank overdraft and borrowings
Trade and other payables
Contingent consideration
Preference shares
Finance lease liabilities

Carrying 
Amount
2013

Fair Value 
2013

Carrying 
Amount
2012

Fair Value
2012

105,976
13,684

105,976
13,684

95,822
11,336

95,822
11,336

68,873

68,873

59,868

59,868

3,737
(32)

3,737
(32)

2,254
(96)

2,254
(96)

(2,109)
(69,021)
(2,809)
(40)
(61)

(2,109)
(69,021)
(2,809)
(40)
(61)

(92)
(68,244)
(1,122)
(40)
(40)

(92)
(68,244)
(1,122)
(40)
(40)

118,198

118,198

99,646

99,646

Fair value Hierarchy
The fair value of the Group’s outstanding derivative financial assets and liabilities consisted of foreign exchange contracts and swaps and 
were estimated using year end spot rates adjusted for the forward points to the appropriate value dates, and gains and losses are taken 
to equity estimated using market foreign exchange rates at the balance sheet date. All derivative financial instruments are categorised at 
Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. 

The other financial instruments are classified as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy and are valued as follows:

i) Trade and other receivables/payables
As the majority of receivables/payables have a remaining life of less than one year, the notional amount is deemed to reflect the 
fair value.

ii) Contingent consideration
As all the contingent consideration is contractually due for payment within 18 months, the carrying amount is equal to the fair value.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27. Operating leases
Non-cancellable operating lease rentals are payable as follows:

Less than one year
Between one and five years
More than five years

115

2013

2012

4,568
10,349
988

4,296
8,916
1,051

15,905

14,263

Of the £15,905,000 (2012: £14,263,000), £12,396,000 (2012: £10,576,000) relates to property and the balance to plant and equipment.

28. capital cOmmitments
Capital commitments at 31 December for which no provision has been made in these accounts were:

Contracted

29. cOntingencies

Performance guarantees and indemnities

2013

2012

4,617

2,175

2013

2012

5,660

5,246

The performance guarantees and indemnities have been entered into in the normal course of business. A liability would only arise in the 
event of the Group failing to fulfil its contractual obligations.

30. related parties
The Group has a related party relationship with its subsidiaries and with its directors and key management. A list of subsidiaries is shown 
on pages 120 and 121 of these financial statements. Transactions between two subsidiaries for the sale and purchase of products or the 
subsidiary and parent Company for management charges are priced on an arms length basis.

Sales to subsidiaries and associates of BAE Systems plc, a related party by virtue of non-executive director IG King’s directorship of that 
company, totalled £49,000 during the year (2012: £34,000) and £nil was outstanding at 31 December 2013 (2012: £15,000).

UBS Investment Bank are a related party by virtue of non-executive director SA James’ directorship of UBS Limited. UBS Investment Bank 
provides the Group financial advice and stockbroking services. The current arrangement with UBS Investment Limited is that out of 
pocket expenses will be reimbursed and no fees will be charged for their regular advisory or broking services. Expenses of £4,000 have 
been reimbursed in the year (2012: £4,000) and no balance was outstanding at 31 December 2013 (2012: £nil).

Key management emoluments
The emoluments of those members of the management team, including directors, who are responsible for planning, directing and 
controlling the activities of the Group were:

Emoluments including social security costs
Post employment benefits
Pension supplement
Share-based payments

2013

2012

4,816
287
206
1,465

4,510
270
187
1,418

6,774

6,385

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
 
 
 
 
 
 
116

rotork plc company balance sheet
At 31 December 2013

Fixed assets
Tangible assets
Investments

Current assets
Debtors
Cash at bank and in hand

Creditors:
Amounts falling due within one year

Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities
Creditors:
Amounts falling due after more than one year

Net assets

Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
Share premium account
Capital redemption reserve
Profit and loss account

Equity shareholders’ funds

Notes

2013
£000

2012
£000

c
d

f
e

g

h

j
j
j
j

1,183
43,205

1,152
43,205

44,388

44,357

79,411
4,277

63,754
1,074

83,688

64,828

8,045

5,070

75,643

59,758

120,031

104,115

40

40

119,991

104,075

4,344
8,840
1,644
105,163

4,340
8,258
1,644
89,833

119,991

104,075

These Company financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 3 March 2014 and were signed on its behalf by:  

PI France and JM Davis, Directors.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
rotork plc company balance sheet

At 31 December 2013

Notes to the Company financial statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2013

Strategic Report  01-41
Directors  42-45
Governance  46-71
Financial Statements  72-123
Company Information  124-126

117

a) accOunting pOlicies
The following accounting policies have been applied consistently in dealing with items which are considered material in relation to the 
financial statements. Notes a to k relate to the Company rather than the Group.

Basis of preparation
The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention and in accordance with applicable UK GAAP. 

Under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company is exempt from the requirement to present its own profit and loss account. 

Under FRS 1 the Company is exempt from the requirement to prepare a cash flow statement on the grounds that the Group includes the 
Company in its own published consolidated financial statements.

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption available under FRS 8 and has not disclosed transactions with entities which are 
subsidiaries of the Group.

The Group financial statements contain financial instruments disclosures which comply with FRS 29 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’. 
Consequently, the Company has taken advantage of the exemption in FRS 29 not to present separate financial instrument disclosures for 
the Company.

Where the Company enters into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of other companies within the Group, the 
Company considers these to be insurance arrangements, and accounts for them as such. In this respect, the Company treats the 
guarantee contract as a contingent liability until such time as it becomes probable that the Company will be required to make a payment 
under the guarantee. The Company continues to account for intra–group cross guarantees under FRS 12.

Foreign currencies
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded using the rate of exchange ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and 
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date and the gains or losses on 
translation are included in the profit and loss account.

Investments
Investments are measured at cost less any provision for impairment and comprise investments in subsidiary companies.

Depreciation and amortisation
Freehold land is not depreciated. Long leasehold buildings are amortised over 50 years or the expected useful life of the building where 
less than 50 years. Other assets are depreciated by equal annual instalments by reference to their estimated useful lives and residual 
values at the following annual rates:

Freehold buildings   
Plant and equipment 

2% to 4%
10% to 33%

Post-retirement benefits
The Company participates in a UK Group pension scheme providing benefits based on final pensionable salary. The assets of the scheme 
are held separately from those of the Company. The Company is unable to identify its share of the underlying assets and liabilities of the 
scheme on a consistent and reasonable basis and therefore, as required by FRS 17 Retirement benefits, accounts for the scheme as if it 
were a defined contribution scheme. As a result, the amount charged to the profit and loss account represents the contributions payable 
to the scheme in respect of the accounting period.

Classification of preference shares
Following the adoption of the presentation elements of FRS 25, Financial Instruments, the cumulative redeemable preference shares 
issued by the Company are classified as long term debt. The preference dividends are charged within interest payable.

 
 
 
118

Notes to the Company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2013

a) accOunting pOlicies continued
Share-based payments
The Company has adopted FRS 20 and the accounting policies followed are in all material respects the same as the Group’s policy under 
IFRS 2. This policy is shown in note 1 to the Group financial statements. Costs in relation to share-based awards made to other Group 
company employees are recharged to each subsidiary company.

Deferred taxation
Deferred tax is provided in full, without discounting, on timing differences that result in an obligation at the balance sheet date to pay 
more tax, or a right to pay less tax, at a future date at rates expected to apply when they crystallise based on current tax rates and law, 
except for the items explained below.

Timing differences arise from the inclusion of items of income and expenditure in taxation computations in periods different from those in 
which they are included in the financial statements. Deferred tax is not provided on timing differences arising from the revaluation of fixed 
assets where there is no commitment to sell the assets or on unremitted earnings of subsidiaries where there is no commitment to remit 
those earnings. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that they will be recovered.

Dividends
Interim dividends are recorded in the financial statements when they are paid. Final dividends are recorded in the financial statements in 
the period which they are approved by the Company’s shareholders.

b) persOnnel expenses in the cOmpany prOfit and lOss accOunt

Wages and salaries (including bonus and incentive plans)
Social security costs
Pension costs
Share-based payments

2013

2012

3,131
457
368
663

2,731
345
337
603

4,619

4,016

During the year there were 12 (2012: eleven) employees of Rotork plc plus the four (2012: four) executive directors. The personnel costs 
accounted for within the Company include the full costs of the employees, the Group Finance Director, the Group Chief Executive, but 
the full costs of the other two executive directors are reported within the subsidiary where they are based.

Disclosures required by paragraph 1 of schedule 5 of SI2008/410 are set out in the director’s remuneration report on pages 56 to 69.

Share-based payments
The share-based payment charge relates to employees of the Company participating in the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP). The 
disclosures required under FRS 20 can be found in note 25 to the Group Financial Statements. The table below sets out the movement of 
share options under the LTIP for employees of the Company.

2010 Award
2011 Award
2012 Award
2013 Award

Outstanding
at start
of year

36,318
44,386
43,503
–

Granted 
during
year

–
–
–
32,616

Vested
during
year

Lapsed
during
year

Outstanding 
at end 
of year

(27,419)
–
–
–

(8,899)
–
–
–

–
44,386
43,503
32,616

124,207

32,616

(27,419)

(8,899) 120,505

At the date of vesting the 2010 awards were valued at £29.50. The weighted average remaining life of awards outstanding at the year 
end is one year.

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
 
 
 
 
119

Total

1,571
69

1,640

419
38

457

c) tangible assets in the cOmpany balance sheet

Land and
buildings

Plant and
equipment

Cost
At 1 January 2013 
Additions

At 31 December 2013

Depreciation
At 1 January 2013
Charge for year

At 31 December 2013

Net book value 
at 31 December 2013

at 31 December 2012

Net book value of land and buildings can be analysed between:
Freehold land
Freehold buildings

Net book value at 31 December

1,468
–

1,468

406
29

435

1,033

1,062

103
69

172

13
9

22

150

1,183

90

1,152

2013

2012

60
973

60
1,002

1,033

1,062

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
120

Notes to the Company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2013

d) investments in the cOmpany balance sheet
Shares in Group companies

At 1 January
Increased investment in subsidiary undertakings

At 31 December

2013

2012

43,205
–

43,205
–

43,205

43,205

A listing of the principal subsidiaries of the Group, all of which are wholly owned, is set out below:

Company and country of incorporation

Nature of business

Rotork Overseas Ltd, England and Wales

Intermediate holding company for the following:

Rotork Inc, USA
  1Rotork Controls Inc, USA
  1Remote Control Inc, USA
  1Flow–Quip Inc, USA
  1Ralph A. Hiller Company, USA
  1Rotork (Thailand) Ltd, Thailand
  1Ranger Acquisition Corp, USA
  2Fairchild Industrial Products Company, USA
  2K–Tork International Inc, USA
  2Renfro Associates, Inc, USA
  3Controls International Inc, USA
Rotork Controls (Iberia) SL, Spain
  4Centork Valve Control SL, Spain
Rotork (Actuation) Sdn Bhd, Malaysia
Rotork Controls (Deutschland) GmbH, Germany
Rotork Fluid Systems Srl, Italy
Rotork Sweden AB, Sweden
Rotork Controls (Canada) Ltd, Canada
Rotork Motorisation SAS, France
Rotork BV, Netherlands
Rotork Controls (Singapore) Pte Ltd, Singapore
Rotork Australia Pty Ltd, Australia
Rotork Controls de Venezuela SA, Venezuela
Rotork Ltd, Hong Kong
Rotork (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd, Malaysia
Rotork Controls (Korea) Co. Ltd, South Korea
Rotork Africa (Pty) Limited, South Africa
Rotork Japan Co. Ltd, Japan
Rotork RUS Ltd, Russia
Rotork Controls Comercio de Atuadores LTDA, Brazil
Rotork Norge AS, Norway
Rotork Middle East FZE, Jebel Ali, Dubai
Rotork Servo Controles de Mexico SA de CV, Mexico
Rotork Controls Italia Srl, Italy
  5Rotork Gears Srl, Italy
Rotork Gears BV, Netherlands
Rotork Italy Holdings Srl, Italy
  6GT Attuatori Srl, Italy
  6Soldo Srl, Italy
  7Soldo Asia Pacific Pte Limited, Singapore

Intermediate holding company.
Manufacture and sale of actuators.
““
Assemble and distribute fluid power solutions.
Manufacture and sale of actuators.
““
Intermediate holding company.
Manufacture of high precision pneumatic controls.
Intermediate holding company.
Manufacture of valve adaption kits
Manufacture and sale of vane actuators.
Sale of valve actuators.
Manufacture and sale of actuators.
““
““
““
““
Sale of actuators.
““
““
““
““
““
““
““
““
““
““
““
““
““
““
““
““
Manufacture and sale of gearboxes for actuators.
““
Intermediate holding company.
Manufacturer of pneumatic rack and pinion.
Design & Manufactures control accessories for automation.
““

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 
 
121

Company and country of incorporation

Nature of business

Rotork Germany Holdings GmbH, Germany
  8Schischek Produktion Technischer Geräte GmbH, Germany
  8Schischek GmbH, Germany
  8Max Process GmbH, Germany
  9GT Attuatori Europe GmbH, Germany
Schischek AG, Switzerland 
  10Schischek EURL, France
  10Schischek Srl, Italy
  10Schischek Ltd, England and Wales 
  10Schischek Inc, USA 
  1Owned by Rotork Inc, USA

Intermediate holding company.
Manufacturer of explosion-proof electric actuator
Sale of explosion-proof electric actuator
Manufacturer of pneumatic rack and pinion
“”
Sale of explosion-proof electric actuators.
“”
“”
“”
“”

  2Owned by Ranger Acquisition Corp, USA

  3Owned by K–Tork International Inc, USA

  4Owned by Rotork Controls (Iberia) SL, Spain

  5Owned by Rotork Controls Italia Srl, Italy

  6Owned by Rotork Italy Holdings Srl, Italy

  7Owned by Soldo Srl, Italy

  8Owned by Rotork Germany Holdings GmbH, Germany

  9Owned by Max Process GmbH, Germany

  10Owned by Schischek AG, Switzerland

Rotork Controls Ltd, England and Wales

Manufacture and sale of actuators, and Intermediate holding company for the 

Rotork UK Ltd, England and Wales
Rotork Actuation (Shanghai) Co. Ltd, China
Rotork Trading (Shanghai) Co. Ltd, China
Rotork Controls (India) Ltd, India

following:

Manufacture and sale of gearboxes and actuators.
“”
Sale of gearboxes and actuators.
Manufacture and sale of actuators.

A full list of undertakings is attached to the Annual Return of the Company.

Strategic Report 01-41Directors 42-45Governance 46-71Financial Statements 72-123Company Information 124-126 
122 Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 

Notes to the Company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2013

e) cash at bank and in hand in the cOmpany balance sheet

Bank balances

Cash at bank and in hand

f) debtOrs due within One year in the cOmpany balance sheet

Amounts owed by Group undertakings
Other debtors
Prepayments and accrued income
Corporation tax
Deferred taxation

2013

2012

4,277

1,074

4,277

1,074

2013

2012

78,377
39
249
474
272

62,660
58
127
660
249

79,411

63,754

A deferred tax asset of £272,000 (2012: £249,000) has been recognised. This asset principally relates to timing differences in respect of 
share-based payments. The directors are of the opinion, based on recent and forecast trading that the level of future and current profits 
make it more likely than not that the asset will be recovered. 

g) creditOrs: amOunts falling due within One year in the cOmpany balance sheet

Trade creditors
Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Other taxes and social security
Other creditors
Accruals and deferred income

The Company has a £25m gross overdraft facility (2012: £20m) and is part of a UK banking arrangement, see note i.

h) creditOrs: amOunts falling due after mOre than One year in the cOmpany balance sheet

Preference shares classified as debt

This debt is not redeemable at any fixed future date.

2013

2012

80
3,653
39
3,766
507

124
1,052
24
3,183
687

8,045

5,070

2013

40

2012

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  01-41
Directors  42-45
Governance  46-71
Financial Statements  72-123
Company Information  124-126

123

i) cOntingencies in the cOmpany
The UK banking arrangements are subject to cross-guarantees between the Company and its UK subsidiaries. These accounts are subject 
to a right of set–off. The performance guarantees and indemnities have been entered into in the normal course of business. A liability 
would only arise in the event of the Group failing to fulfil its contractual obligations.

In January 2014 the Company extended for a further year the £15m committed loan facility. Interest is payable on this facility at LIBOR 
plus 1%. 

j) capital and reserves in the cOmpany balance sheet

Balance at 1 January 2013 
Profit for the year
Equity settled share-based payment transactions net of tax
Share options exercised by employees
Own ordinary shares acquired
Own ordinary shares awarded under share schemes
Dividends

Share 
capital

Share 
premium

Capital
redemption
reserve

Retained
earnings

Equity
Shareholders’
funds

4,340
–
–
4
–
–
–

8,258
–
–
582
–
–
–

1,644
–
–
–
–
–
–

89,833
55,122
143
–
(5,601)
4,401
(38,735)

104,075
55,122
143
586
(5,601)
4,401
(38,735)

Balance at 31 December 2013

4,344

8,840

1,644

105,163

119,991

Details of the number of ordinary shares in issue and dividends paid in the year are given in note 17 to the Group Financial Statements. 

Profit for the financial year in the accounts of the Company is £55,122,000 (2012: £61,265,000).

k) capital risk management in the cOmpany
The Company’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to 
provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure the Company may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital 
to shareholders or issue new shares.

The Company’s net funds at the balance sheet date were:

Preference shares
Cash at bank and in hand

Company net funds

2013

2012

(40)
4,277

(40)
1,074

4,237

1,034

 
 
 
124 Rotork plc Annual Report 2013 

ten year trading history

2013
£000
IFRS

2012
£000
IFRS

2011
£000
IFRS

2010
£000
IFRS

2009
£000
IFRS

2008
£000
IFRS

2007
£000
IFRS

2006
£000
IFRS

2005
£000
IFRS

2004
£000
IFRS

Revenue

578,440

511,747

447,833

380,560

353,521

320,207

235,688

206,709

174,839

146,883

Cost of sales

(304,066)

(272,199)

(236,359)

(199,742)

(187,600)

(176,046)

(127,748)

(115,603)

(95,358)

(79,097)

Gross profit

274,374

239,548

211,474

180,818

165,921

144,161

107,940

91,106

79,481

67,786

Overheads

(135,109)

(115,081)

(99,474)

(83,094)

(74,384)

(69,272)

(52,553)

(46,017)

(42,951)

(37,354)

Operating profit

139,265

124,467

112,000

97,724

91,537

74,889

55,387

45,089

36,530

30,432

Adjusted* 

operating profit 

151,412

131,866

115,921

99,442

92,103

76,014

55,461

45,187

36,709

30,502

Amortisation 
of acquired 
intangible assets

Disposal of 
property

(12,147)

(7,399)

(3,921)

(1,718)

(1,153)

(1,125)

(74)

(98)

(179)

(70)

–

–

–

–

587

–

–

–

–

–

Operating profit

139,265

124,467

112,000

97,724

91,537

74,889

55,387

45,089

36,530

30,432

Net interest 

(1,268)

(273)

550

131

(621)

862

1,866

972

127

1,074

Profit before 
taxation
Tax expense

137,997
(38,488)

124,194
(34,879)

112,550
(32,149)

97,855
(28,334)

90,916
(26,884)

75,751
(22,331)

57,253
(17,957)

46,061
(14,728)

36,657
(12,043)

31,506
(10,508)

Profit for the year

99,509

89,315

80,401

69,521

64,032

53,420

39,296

31,333

24,614

20,998

Dividends

38,735

33,924

49,534

35,912

24,102

29,970

24,732

24,140

13,437

17,751

Basic EPS
Adjusted* EPS
Diluted EPS

114.8p
124.9p
114.3p

103.1p
109.3p
102.6p

93.0p
96.2p
92.6p

80.5p
81.9p
80.2p

74.2p
74.7p
73.9p

62.0p
62.9p
61.6p

45.6p
45.7p
45.2p

36.4p
36.5p
36.1p

28.6p
28.7p
28.4p

24.5p
24.5p
24.3p

* Adjusted is before the amortisation of acquired intangible assets and the disposal of property.

 
 
share register information
share register information

The tables below show the split of shareholder and size of shareholding in Rotork plc

Ordinary shareholder by type

Number of holdings

Individuals
Bank or nominees
Other company
Other corporate body

Range

1 – 1,000
1,001 – 2,000
2,001 – 5,000
5,001 – 10,000
10,001 – 50,000
50,001 – 100,000
100,001 +

Source: Equiniti

Strategic Report  01-41
Directors  42-45
Governance  46-71
Financial Statements  72-123
Company Information  124-126

125

%

67.6
29.8
1.5
1.1

Number of shares

2,601,687
83,072,419
171,229
1,026,504

%

3.0
95.6
0.2
1.2

1,966
869
44
31

2,910

100.0

86,871,839

100.0

Number of holdings

1,750
361
335
137
174
53
100

%

60.2
12.4
11.5
4.7
6.0
1.8
3.4

Number of shares

599,000
539,315
1,026,837
974,290
3,999,729
3,840,331
75,892,337

%

0.7
0.6
1.2
1.1
4.6
4.4
87.4

2,910

100.0

86,871,839

100.0

dividend infOrmatiOn
The table below details the amounts of interim, final and additional dividends declared in respect of each of the last five years. 

2013
2012
2011
2010
2009

Interim
dividend
(p)

Final
dividend
(p)

18.05
16.40
14.50
12.75
11.15

30.00
26.60
22.75
19.75
17.25

Additional 
interim
dividends
(p)

–
–
23.00
11.50
–

Total
dividend
(p)

48.05
43.00
60.25
44.00
28.40

financial calendar
4 March 2014
9 April 2014
11 April 2014
25 April 2014
19 May 2014
5 August 2014

Preliminary announcement of annual results for 2013
Ex-dividend date for final proposed 2013 dividend
Record date for final proposed 2013 dividend
Annual General Meeting held at Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath, BA1 3JQ
Payment date for final proposed 2013 dividend
Announcement of interim financial results for 2014

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
126

corporate directory

Company Secretary
Stephen Rhys Jones

Registered Office
Rotork plc 
Rotork House
Brassmill Lane
Bath BA1 3JQ

Company Number
00578327

Registrars
Equiniti
Aspect House
Spencer Road
Lancing
West Sussex BN99 6DA

Stockbrokers
UBS Investment Bank
1 Finsbury Avenue
London EC2M 2PP

Citigroup Global Markets Ltd
Citigroup Centre
33 Canada Square
London E14 5LB

Financial Advisers
UBS Investment Bank
1 Finsbury Avenue
London EC2M 2PP

Citigroup Global Markets Ltd
Citigroup Centre
33 Canada Square
London E14 5LB

Auditors
KPMG Audit Plc
100 Temple Street
Bristol BS1 6AG

Financial Public Relations
FTI Consulting
Holborn Gate
26 Southampton Buildings
London EC2A 1PB

Solicitors
Messrs. Osborne Clarke
No.2 Temple Back East
Temple Quay
Bristol BS1 6EG

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013   
notes

 127

Strategic Report  01-41
Directors  42-45
Governance  46-71
Financial Statements  72-123
Company Information  124-126

128

notes

Rotork plc Annual Report 2013At a glance

Keeping the world flowing

is something Rotork prides

itself on. It specialises in the

manufacture of actuators – a

product used for the automation

of industrial valves, as well as

flow control solutions that all

manage the flow of liquids

and gases.

The Company’s products

contribute across the value

chain in activities ranging

from offshore and onshore

production, refining and

petrochemicals, water

treatment, nuclear energy and

concentrating solar power.

Divisions

The Group has chosen to organise the 

management and financial structure

by the grouping of related products.

■ ROTORK CONTROLS

Operating Profit 2013*

■ ROTORK FLUID SYSTEMS

Operating Profit 2013*

£

m (+11.3%)

£

m (+25.9%)

Rotork Controls manufactures electric

actuators and control systems for the valve

market throughout the world. Its main

manufacturing facilities are in the UK, USA,

Germany, China, India and Malaysia.

See more on pages 16 to 17

See more on pages 16 to 17

Rotork Fluid Systems specialises in the

production of pneumatic and hydraulic

actuators and control systems. These

products are manufactured in the UK,

USA, Italy, Germany and Sweden with

Centres of Excellence strategically located

around the world.

See more on pages 18 to 19

See more on pages 18 to 19

■ ROTORK GEARS

Operating Profit 2013*

■ ROTORK INSTRUMENTS

Operating Profit 2013*

£

m (+7.3%)

£ m (+53.5%)

Rotork Gears manufactures complete

gearbox assemblies and valve adaption

kits for use with actuators and as direct

valve operators. It has facilities in the UK,

Netherlands, Italy, China, USA and India.

See more on pages 20 to 21

See more on pages 20 to 21

Rotork Instruments manufactures 

products used in the pressure and flow 

control markets and has production 

sites in the USA and Italy, which are 

complemented by a large network of 

distribution and support centres. 

See more on pages 22 to 23

See more on pages 22 to 23

Rotork plc
Brassmill Lane
Bath
BA1 3JQ
UK

T: +44 1225 733200
F: +44 1225 333467
E: mail@rotork.com

www.rotork.com